Atlas Copco CM760d Tier III Instruction Manual

OPERATING, SAFETY
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CM760D TIER III
Read this instruction manual before operating this equipment.
This manual contains important safety information.

Do not destroy this manual.
This manual must be available to the personnel who operate and maintain this machine.
Atlas Copco
2100 North First Street
Garland, Texas, 75040
(972) 496-7400
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III
TITLE PAGE
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Section 1.1 Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
HOW THIS MANUAL IS DIVIDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
TERMINOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
PROCEDURE WHEN RECEIVING THE CM760D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
IDENTIFICATION DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
CM760D Drill Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Engine Serial Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Rotary Head Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
CM760D DRILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Drill Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Drill Boom and Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Serviceability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
STANDARD FEATURES ON THE CM 760D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
SECTION 2 - SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
DRILL APPLICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
GENERAL GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
GENERAL RULES FOR ALL ATLAS COPCO DRILLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
PRE-START INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
OPERATION SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
STARTING THE DRILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
OPERATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
DRILLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
MOVING THE DRILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
STOPPING AND SHUTDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
FUELING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
WIRE ROPE AND CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
HYDRAULICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Cylinder Repairs or Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Pumps and Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
TOC - i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE
Hoses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
COOLERS AND FANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
GUARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
WARNING OF SPECIAL DANGERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
2.2 - SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
BE AWARE OF SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
KEEP MACHINE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
HANDLE FUEL SAFELY - AVOID FIRES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
AVOID MOVING PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
CHECK LAWS AND REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
PLACE WARNING BARRIERS AROUND WORK SITE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
CHECK FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
DO NOT WORK ON OR NEAR UNSTABLE GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
ROLLOVER POSSIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
AVOID ELECTROCUTION. STAY AWAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
AVOID COOLANT BURNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
AVOID BATTERY BURNS AND EXPLOSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
CHECK FOR OVERHEAD UTILITY LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
USE NORMAL SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
WHEN TRANSPORTING ON TRUCK OR TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
OBSERVE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
INSPECTING SAFETY DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
2.3 - SAFETY DECALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
SAFETY DECAL LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1 - ATLAS COPCO CM760D TIER III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
OVERALL SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
DECK ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
AIR COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
COMPRESSOR UNLOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
AIR CLEANERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
HYDRAULICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
COOLING PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
DUST COLLECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
BOOM AND GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
ROTARY HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
UNDERCARRIAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
GENERAL SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
TOC - ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

CM760D TIER III INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
BASIC INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
OVERALL VIEW OF OPERATOR CONTROLS IN CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
GAUGE PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
ENGINE DATA MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
DIAGNOSTICS PANEL AND LOWER GAUGE PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
START-UP CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
SIDE CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
DRILL BOOM AND GUIDE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
DRILLING CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
INCLINOMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
OPERATOR’S SEAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
FUSE And RELAY PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
RELAY AND BREAKER BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
CONTROLS MOUNTED ON CEILING OF CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
THREAD GREASER PUSH BUTTON SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
DOOR LATCH CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
LUBRICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
ENCLOSURE GAUGE PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
LEFT FRONT ENCLOSURE ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
LEFT REAR ENCLOSURE ACCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
REAR ENCLOSURE ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
DRILLING FLUIDS TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
DRILLING FLUIDS INJECTION PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
SEPARTOR TANK SIGHT GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
RIGHT FRONT ENCLOSURE ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
RIGHT REAR ENCLOSURE ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
DRILL GUIDE EMERGENCY STOP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
FIRE EXTINQUISHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1 -DRILL OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

WALK AROUND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Check for Hydraulic System Oil Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Check for Compressor System Oil Leaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Check for Coolant System Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Check for Fuel System Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
General Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
PRE-START INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
TOC - iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE
Check Engine Lubricating Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Check Engine Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Check Fuel Level Check Fuel Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Drain Fuel Filter / Water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Check Compressor Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Drain Water from Receiver Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Check the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Check Pump Drive Gearbox Oil Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Check the Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Keep Operator’s Areas Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Main Menu Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Selecting A Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Stored Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Engine Configeration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
FAULTS AND WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Auxiliary Gauge Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Active Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Shutdown Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Back light Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Contrast Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Select Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Setup 1-Up Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Setup 4-Up Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Utilities (Information and Troubleshooting). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
MODBUS Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
SAE J1939 MurphyLink System Implementation of J1939 Paramenters . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Glossary (Troubleshooting Information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
ENGINE STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
Normal Starting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Stopping The Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
TRAMMING THE DRILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Tramming Proceedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
TOWING THE DRILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Towing Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
Disengaging the Final Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Re-engaging the FInal Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
UNLOADER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
WATER INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
DUST COLLECTOR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
Emergency Shutdown Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
TOC - iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE
Drill Guide Emergency Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
RE-PINNING THE GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
DRILLING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
General Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
Loading Carousel and Starter Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
Adding Drill Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
Removing Drill Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
MOVING, PARKING, SHUTDOWN, SECURING THE DRILL FOR TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
Moving the drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
Parking the Drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
Normal Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
Stopping Drill - Emergency Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Maintenance Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Maintenance Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Fluid Penetration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Lines, Tubes and Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Burn Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fire or Explosion Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Crushing or Cutting Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Mounting and Dismounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Before Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Engine Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Starting Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Engine stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6.2 - REFILL REQUIREMENTS CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
FUEL AND LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Lubricant Oil AND Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Engine Lubricating Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
REFILL CAPACITIES AND FILTER ELEMENTS CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Refill Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Filter Elements and Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Miscellaneous Service Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
FLUID SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Engine Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Compressor Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Rock Drill Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
TOC - v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE
Final Drive Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Grease Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Anti-Freeze Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Rock Drill Oil Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
6.3 - SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Walk Around Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Maintenance Interval Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Service Interval Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
6.4 - 10 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
SERVICE EVERY 10 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Check Radiator Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Cooling System Sealing Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Cooling System Soluble Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Clean Radiator AND Oil Cooler(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Check Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Engine Belts And Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Drive Belts Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Engine Alternator Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Fan Drive Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Water Pump Drive Belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Drive Belts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Check Compressor Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Check Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Drain Fuel Sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Drain Dust Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Ensure The Coolers Are Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Loose or Frayed Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Loose Nuts and Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Examine Drill Rods, Coupling, Drill Bits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Grease Guide Sprockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
6.5 - 50 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
SERVICE EVERY 50 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Lubricate All Grease Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Check Feed Chain Tensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Check Track Tensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Check Track Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Adjusting Track Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Check Battery Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Electrolyte Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Batteries, Clamps AND Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
6.6 - FIRST 100 HOUR ONLY MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
SERVICE EVERY 100 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Drain the Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Replace Engine Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Fill the Engine Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
TOC - vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE
Fuel Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Change Compressor Oil FIlter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Change Hydraulic Return Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Change Final Drive Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
6.7 - 250 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Drain the Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
Replace Engine Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
Fill the Engine Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-76
Fuel Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77
Engine Coolant Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79
Clean Engine Crankcase Breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81
Check Air Intake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83
Service Air Intake Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83
Compressor Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88
Vacuator Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91
Air Cleaner Service Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91
Air Intake Piping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
Check Engine Shutdown System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96
Check Rotary Head Mounting Plate Wear Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-98
6.8 - 500 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
Change Compressor Oil FIlter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101
Compressor Oil Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103
Examine Compressed Air Hoses and Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
DIXON Boss Clamp Selection and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
Check Anti-Freeze and SCA Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128
SCA Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128
Anti-Freeze Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128
6.9 - 1000 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
SERVICE EVERY 1000 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
Change Hydraulic Oil and Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-131
Drain Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-132
Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-135
Fill Hydraulic Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137
Adjust Engine Valve Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-139
TOC - vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE
Engine Belts AND Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-139
Drive Belts Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140
Engine Alternator Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-141
Water Pump Drive Belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143
Drive Belts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-144
Check Engine Belt Tensioner Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-145
6.10 - 2000 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
SERVICE EVERY 2000 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
Change Compressor Separator Filter and Clean Scavenger Orifice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147
Change Engine Anti-Freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149
Drain Cooling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151
Flush Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
Fill Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-153
Check Engine Vibration Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-155
Check Shutdown Temperature Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
Engine Coolant Temperature Shutdown Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
Compressor Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-158
Separator Tank Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-159
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-160
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
GLOSSARY OF TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
TOC - viii
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION
1-1
Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION
1-2
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III
Section 1.1 Summary
General Information
This Operation Manual has been developed to present the safety and operations requirements
for effective operation of the Atlas Copco CM760D Tier III Drill.
The primary purpose of this manual is to provide operators with the appropriate information
needed to:
• Safely operate the CM760D Tier III Drill while achieving optimum production.
• Understand the operating principle of each system associated with the CM760D Tier
III Drill.
• React effectively and safely to emergency and alarm conditions.
• Perform the necessary pre-operational and post-operational checks on the drill.
The operator must read and fully understand this instruction manual before operating the
CM760D Tier III Drill.
Maintenance personnel, or anyone else, working or doing maintenance on this CM760D Tier
III Drill must read and fully understand this instruction manual before attempting to do any
maintenance or work on the drill.
Always keep the “Operating and Maintenance Instructions” manual on the CM760D Tier III
Drill and available to the operator and helper.
If any part of this manual cannot be understood, contact your supervisor or local Atlas Copco
Distributor. This is an essential condition for working safely with this CM760D Tier III Drill.
The correct CM760D Tier III Drill operation, use and regular maintenance are also essential
elements to provide the highest performance and safety.
NOTE: The present manual is accompanied with an engine instruction

manual. Always provide the model of your drill and it’s serial number
when you contact the local Atlas Copco service or parts office.
1-3
HOW THIS MANUAL IS DIVIDED

Although there is a substantial amount of information contained in the manual, it has been
organized so that the reader can easily find the specific information needed.
The manual is divided into sections by information based on answers to the following
questions:
Although there is a substantial amount of information contained in the manual, it has been
organized so that the reader can easily find the specific information needed.
The manual is divided into sections by information based on answers to the following
questions:
• What are the specific operator safety responsibilities? (Section 2.0)

• What are the specifications of the drill itself? (Section 3.0)
• What instruments and controls are used by the operator to operate and monitor the
drill? (Section 4.0)
• What is the proper operating procedure for the equipment? (Section 5.0)
• What the maintenance schedules are and how to perform maintenance? (Section
6.0)
WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

Each manual has a table of contents. If you are uncertain which section contains the
information or where the information is located within a particular section, the first step is to
consult the table of contents.
1-4
TERMINOLOGY
Throughout the manual, Dangers, Cautions, Warnings, Notices and Notes are used to
provide the reader with special noteworthy information.
In this manual, these terms have the following significance:
! DANGER
Danger is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will cause
severe personal injury, death, or substantial property damage if the
warning is ignored.
! WARNING
Warning is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which can cause
warning is ignored.
! CAUTION
Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will or can
cause minor personal injury or property damage if the warning is ignored.
NOTICE
Notice is used to notify people of installation, operation, or maintenance
information which is important but not hazard-related. Hazard warnings
should never be included under the Notice signal word.
1-5
PROCEDURE WHEN RECEIVING THE CM760D

Your CM760D Drill has been tested, accurately checked, and prepared for shipment. Every
part of the drill, including the detached parts, have been accurately checked before being
shipped from the factory.
When you receive the CM760D Drill, and before unpacking the equipment, check if damage
has occurred during transport and if any parts are missing.
If the goods are damaged, or if parts are missing, inform the freight agent as soon as possible.
He will inform you regarding how to proceed in order to make a complaint.
IDENTIFICATION DATA
General Information
An exact description of the model type and the serial number of your CM760D Drill will facilitate
fast and efficient response from our parts and service support operations.
Always provide the model of your machine and it’s serial number when you contact the local
Atlas Copco service or parts office.
We advise you to enter your drill data in the following lines to maintain drill and engine
information necessary to facilitate fast and efficient response from our parts and service
support operations.
1-6
CM760D Drill Identification

Accurately record all the numbers. Always use the serial number of the machine when
requesting service information or when ordering parts. Early or later models (identification
made by serial number) may use different parts, or it may be necessary to use a different
procedure in doing a specific service operation.
NOTICE
All information, illustrations, and specifications in this manual are based
on the latest information available at the time of publication. Product
improvement is a continuing goal at Atlas Copco. Design and
specifications are subject to change without notice or obligation.
1-7
Engine Serial Number Plate

The Engine Serial Number can be found on the identification plate. Refer to the engine
operator’s instruction manual for further information on identification information.
1-8
Rotary Head Serial Number
The Rotary Head Serial Number is stamped into the Rotary Head in the area indicated. Record
the Rotary Head Serial Number below.
1-9
GENERAL INFORMATION
All safety rules must be observed.
If further information is required concerning recommended drilling applications, contact your
local Atlas Copco distributor.
Atlas Copco Company
Drilling Solutions
Garland, Texas U.S.A.
Telephone: 972-496-7400
Customer Service Parts: 972-496-7382
Fax: 972-496-7427 (Customer Service Parts)
Fax: 972-496-7425 (Customer Service Warranty)
Atlas Copco reserves the right to make any changes or modifications without prior notice and
without incurring any liability to retrofit machines previously shipped from the factory.
1-10
CM760D DRILL
General Description
The Atlas Copco CM760D is a self contained, track mounted, hydraulic rotary head drill. It is
designed for quarry and construction applications that require a hole 4-1/2 inches to 6-1/2
inches (114 mm to 165 mm) in diameter to a depth of 90 feet (27.4 meters) or 103 feet (31.4
meters) with a 7 + 1, 3.5 inch pipe.
The CM760D uses a turbocharged, Tier III diesel engine equipped with an automatic throttle
control that lowers the RPM during non-drill operations cutting fuel costs. The engine is directly
coupled to a two stage rotary screw air compressor that delivers 630 cubic feet per minute
(17.8 cubic meters per minute) at a pressure of 350 psi (24 bar). The engine also drives 4
hydraulic pumps (two main pumps, one gear pump, and one tandem pump) through flywheel
and engine PTOs. The engine power pack is mounted directly to the fortified main frame with
vibration isolators to minimize misalignment.
The hydraulic control system is pilot operated controlled by two joystick controllers mounted
to the arms of the operator’s seat. The intuitive layout and function on the controllers lends to
easy drilling for both the expert and novice. The driller has excellent visibility through the full
view front, side and roof windows. The top window has a retractable sunshade to further
ensure operator comfort.
The drill’s guide has a maximum swing of 22 degrees left and 90 degrees right, making the
drill suitable for right hand low toe hole applications. The guide can be re-pinned to give 22
degrees right and 90 degrees left swing if needed. The guide can dump up at 90 degrees and
down to 20 degrees.
Boom movement is 45 degrees right, 20 degrees left and 50 degrees up, 20 degrees down.
The boom can also pivot in a vertical plane to 70 degrees which allows the operator to store
the guide for transport while reducing the overall height of the machine. Full flow manual
hydraulic controls for the boom and guide position provides smooth, responsive movements
for quicker set up between holes.
The Rotary Head delivers 3,000 ft-lb. (4,067 N-m) of torque with operating rotary speeds of 25
to 150 RPM. The 10,000 lb. (4,545 kg.) feed system provides plenty of power in broken or soft
ground. The Hydraulic Rod Lock Sleeve makes short work of adding and removing rods.
Drilling is easy and natural for both the novice and the expert using the two joystick controllers
mounted to the operator’s seat. The ease of boom and guide positioning provide smooth,
responsive movements for a quicker set up between holes. Rod changing is simplified with a
single controller. An excavator-style joystick simplifies tramming between holes.
1-11
To permit optimum performance on a wide range of applications and site requirements, this
CM760D Drill is equipped with:
• HR2 Rotary Screw air compressor

• C-11 Tier-III Series diesel engine
• Grade Capability to 30º (or 60%)
• Hydraulic motor driven feed system
• Automatic rod changer
• Hydraulic rotary head
• Heavy duty cooling system
• Night light package
• Drill controlled from a pressurized, air conditioned and heated cab
• ROPS/FOPS certified cab, shock mounted, independent of track movement
• Powerfull dust suppression system keeps the air around the drill cleaner
• Adjustable high/low blow air control
• Numerous access doors for simplified service and maintenance
Engine
The CM760D Drill uses a water cooled diesel engine with direct injection, turbo charged and
air-to-air charge air cooling. Electric starting and belt driven alternator battery charging is
standard on all CM760D models. The CM760D Drill is equipped with dual system air filtration.
Dry type 2-stage air cleaners provide clean air to the engine and the compressor. The engine
power/rpm is controlled by the engine idle high/low switch. The engine is shutdown either by
the removable key “ON/OFF” switch or the emergency stop switch.
Drill Frame
The CM760D Drill is based on a Drill Frame which supports the power pack assembly (engine/
compressor/hydraulic pumps) transported on a dual oscillation track system. The frame is
more than sufficient to resist flexing as the drill is moved over rough terrain while anchoring a
drill boom as it drills at a variety of angles making this drill one of the most diversified on the
market.
Drill Boom and Guide

The Drill Boom and Guide features a hydraulically driven rotary head and a hydraulic drill feed
systems. The feed system consists of fully staked chains which are controlled with feed
controls that can be adjusted to suit rock conditions and operator preference. An experienced
driller will use this feature to extend the life of drilling accessories. All drilling controls are
accessed from the operators seat in the cab, giving the driller full view of drilling operation.
1-12
The Drill Boom and Guide assembly also contains the automatic rod changer allowing quick
and easy rod changes, increasing drilling productivity. The hydraulic rotary head moves easily
up and down using a managed hose arrangement that reduces cost and makes maintenance
easy.
Controls
All drilling functions are controlled from the driller’s seat in the cab of the CM760D Drill. Drill
tramming functions are also controlled from the opertator’s seat. All controls are designed for
convenience, ease of control, comfort and safety while providing maximum visibility of the
work area. Full details of all controls are provided in later chapters.
Serviceability
The engine, compressor and hydraulic pump drive are accessible from access doors in the
sides of the drill and on the roof. All daily checkpoints are positioned to encourage preventive
maintenance. All grease points can be serviced easily to provide grease to the respective
components.
! DANGER
Your life may be in danger if the following is not complied with: DO NOT
add attachments to the drill that intrude into operator’s protective area,
reduce visibility, restrict emergency exits or add weight exceeding
certification weight. See the operator’s manual or contact your dealer for
complete inspection requirements and maintenance instructions.
STANDARD FEATURES ON THE CM 760D

1. C-11 Series Tier III diesel engine
2. Easily accessible controls
3. Diesel driven, frame mounted power pack
4. Operator controls mounted to the operator seat to control drilling functions
5. Engine controls mounted beside of the operator seat to operate engine
6. 155 gallon (586.7 L) fuel tank
7. Cooling package rated to 125°F (52°C) ambient temperature
8. Heavy-duty engine silencer/muffler
9. Separate air intake filters for engine and air compressor
10. Hydraulically driven rotary head
11. 630 cfm (17.8 m³/min) HR-2 Rotary Screw compressor.
1-13
1-14
SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2-1
Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III SECTION 2 - SAFETY
2.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES
OVERVIEW
Before you operate, maintain, work around or in any other way use this drill, READ and
STUDY this manual. KNOW how to safely use the drill controls and what you must do for safe
maintenance. Failure to follow instructions or heed warnings could result in injury or death.
Ensure that the drill is in correct condition before operating.
ALWAYS wear or use the proper safety items required for your personal protection. Anyone
working around this drill must wear safety glasses, protective footwear and ear protection.
They must not wear loose clothing which can become caught up in moving parts. They should
wear gloves when handling heavy parts and tools or any objects that are sharp or pointed. A
respirator may be required in dusty conditions.
If you have ANY QUESTIONS about the safe use or maintenance of this drill, ask your
supervisor or contact your nearest Atlas Copco Distributor for assistance. NEVER GUESS-
ALWAYS CHECK!
Safety must always be the most important concern. Do not operate the drill when conditions
are unsafe. Consult your supervisor when safety is in doubt.
You must be alert, physically fit, and free from the influences of alcohol, drugs, or medications
that might affect your thinking ability, judgement, sight, hearing, or reactions.
Signals must be given by the operator prior to starting or operating the drill.
Make sure all new employees read and understand the decals in the Decal Safety Manual that
is mounted on drill.Never remove the DecalSafetyManual.Replace the Decal Safety Manual if
it becomes lost or illegible.
WARNINGS
Throughout the manual, Dangers, Cautions, Warnings, Notices and Notes are used to
designate instructions of particular importance.
In this manual, these terms have the following significance:
! DANGER
Danger is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will cause
warning is ignored.
2-2
SECTION 2 - SAFETY Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III
! WARNING
Warning is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which can cause
warning is ignored.
! CAUTION
Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will or can
cause minor personal injury or property damage if the warning is ignored.
NOTICE
information which is important but not hazard-related. Hazard warnings
should never be included under the Notice signal word.
NOTE: Note is used for supplementary information not directly effecting

safety or damage to equipment.
2-3
DRILL APPLICATIONS
The CM760D Tier III was built in accordance with state of-the-art standards and recognized
safety rules. Nevertheless, its misuse may constitute a risk to the life and limb of the user or
third parties, and may cause damage to the drill or other material property.
The CM760D Tier III drill must be used in accordance with its designated use as described in
the operating manual. The drill must only be operated by safety-conscious persons who are
fully aware of the risks involved in operating the drill. Any functional disorders, especially those
affecting the safety of the drill, must be corrected immediately.
Designated Applications; The Atlas Copco CM760D Tier III is a track mounted drill, hydraulic
driven, deck engine powered drill, designed primarily for construction and quarry applications
Non Designated Applications; The CM760D Tier III drills are not designed for use on
inclined surfaces or on soft and unstable ground. Use of the drill for purposes other than that
mentioned (such as for towing other vehicles or equipment) is considered contrary to its
designated use. The manufacturer/supplier cannot be held liable for any damage resulting
from such use. The risk of such misuse lies entirely with the user.
! WARNING
Set up the drill on a level surface. If this is not available, the site should
be adequately prepared prior to drill set up.
Operating the drill within the limits of its designated use also involves compliance with the
inspection and maintenance directives contained in the operating manual.
2-4
PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS
Any work done on the drill, or with the drill, must only be performed by qualified personnel.
Statutory minimum age limits must be observed.
Those who operate, maintain and work on rotary drill rigs must be competent:
Physically;
To react correctly and quickly to avoid accidents.
Mentally;
To understand and apply established rules, regulations and safe practices. To be able
to concentrate on the job to be done.
Emotionally;
To withstand stress and prevent mistakes.
Those who operate, maintain and work on rotary drill rigs must be experienced:
Trained;
In the operation and maintenance of the drill.
They should have read and understood all the Manufacturer’s Instruction Manuals, and
know the ratings and capabilities of the drill they are using.
They must understand hand signals.
They must understand the meaning of the various symbols on instruments, controls
and specific parts of the drill rig.
Licensed;
If required by law.
The individual responsibilities of the personnel responsible for operation, setup, maintenance
and repair of the drill should be stated clearly.
Define the drill operator’s responsibility with regard to observing site traffic regulations.
The operator should have the authority to refuse instructions by third parties that are contrary
to safety.
Do not allow persons being trained or instructed in the operation or maintenance of the drill to
work without permanent supervision by an experienced person.
Work on the electrical system and equipment of the drill must be done only by a skilled
electrician or by instructed persons under the supervision and guidance of a skilled electrician
and must be in accordance with electrical engineering rules and regulations.
Work on the truck chassis, drill tower, brake, air and hydraulic systems must be performed by
skilled personnel with special knowledge and training for such work.
2-5
GENERAL GUIDELINES
1. STOW manuals in the manual compartment provided. Manuals must always be
available at the site where the drill is used. The operator’s instruction manual
must be within easy reach of the operator’s station.
2. OBSERVE and INSTRUCT the user in all other generally applicable mandatory
and legal regulations relevant to accident prevention and environmental
protection. These compulsory regulations may also deal with the handling of
any hazardous substances, issuing and/or wearing of personal protective
equipment, and traffic regulations.
3. SUPPLEMENT operating instructions with detailed working instructions
covering the methodology of the working sequences, all individual job
responsibilities, and overall supervisory responsibility.
4. ALWAYS be sure that persons entrusted with work on the drill have read the
operating instructions and in particular the chapter on safety before beginning
work.Reading the instructions after work has begun is too late. This is
especially important for persons who work only occasionally on the drill, such
as during setup or maintenance.
5. MAKE CERTAIN personnel are working in compliance with the operating
instructions and are alert to risks and safety factors.
6. ALWAYS tie back or otherwise secure long hair. Wear close fitting garments
and avoid wearing jewelry such as rings. Injury may result from clothing, hair,
or jewelry being caught up in the machinery.
7. USE protective equipment wherever required by the circumstances or by the
law.
8. OBSERVE all safety instructions and warnings attached to the drill.
9. BE SURE all safety instructions and warnings attached to the drill are complete
and perfectly legible.
10. STOP the drill immediately in the event of safety relevant malfunctions or
change in drill behavior during operation. REPORT the malfunction to the
proper authority/person.
11. NEVER provide service or maintenance to the drill unless all of the tracks are
on firm, level ground.
12. DO NOT make any modifications to the drill which might affect safety without
having the manufacturer’s approval. This applies to the installation and
adjustment of safety devices and valves as well as to welding work on load
bearing elements.
13. ALWAYS ADHERE to the prescribed intervals and/or those specified in the
operating instructions for routine checks and inspections.
14. Ensure that people, equipment and material not required for the correct
operation of the drill are removed and kept out of the work area. The operator
must never drill while people are around the drill boom. Alert people and crew
to stay clear of the hole while drilling is in progress.
2-6
15. All crew members must ensure that any unsafe conditions and practices are
corrected or reported to the drill operator and supervisor.
16. All personnel who work around the drill, including support and maintenance
people, must obey all warning signs and must ensure their own safety and the
safety of others.
17. With careful planning, most accidents can be avoided.
•Have a clear understanding of the work to be done

•Consider potential dangers or hazards
•Develop a plan to do the job safely
•Explain the plan to all personnel concerned
2-7
GENERAL RULES FOR ALL ATLAS COPCO DRILLS

Before starting or working around the drill, read and understand the safety manual, decal
safety manual and labels located on the drill. Follow all directions on the labels. Do not remove
or deface the labels. Replace them if they become damaged or lost.
1. All personnel working around the drill must wear safety glasses, safety shoes
and ear protection. They must not wear loose clothing which can become
caught up in moving parts. They should wear gloves when handling heavy parts
and tools or any objects that are sharp or pointed. A respirator may be required
in dusty conditions.
2. Keep work areas clean and free from grease, oil and other items or tools that
could cause a slip or fall.
3. Keep all cabs clean. Mud, cans, bottles, tools and other debris can jam pedals
and other controls and cause falls.
4. Keep the work site area clear of cuttings, tools and other objects.
5. Keep all warning and information labels clean and readable. Replace labels if
they become damaged, torn, painted over or removed.
6. Keep all controls and gauges in good working order. If they are broken or
damaged, replace them before operating the drill.
7. Make a complete walk-around inspection of the drill before starting. During
operation, make periodic checks to be sure the drill is operating properly.
8. Watch for leaking or broken hydraulic or air hoses. Replace them before they
cause damage or a fire.
9. Do NOT operate the drill with excessively worn or broken parts.
10. Tighten or replace any loose or broken fittings, bolts or any other connections
before operating the drill.
11. Check the batteries and connections before starting the drill. Tighten all the
terminal clamps and be sure all batteries have caps. Loose wires can cause
fires and shocks. Spilled fluid can cause burns.Make sure all batteries are
charged properly with correct fluids.
12. Use extreme caution when handling, cleaning, wiring or recharging batteries.
They can explode and spray acid. Keep battery covers in place all the time.
13. Make sure all controls are in neutral before starting the drill.
14. Make sure all guards are in place on the drill. Replace them if they have been
removed for maintenance. DO NOT operate the drill if guards are not in place.
15. Know where your helper or oiler is at all times. DO NOT move the drill if they
are not in sight.
16. Before moving the drill, make sure there is nothing in the way of travel. Make
sure all the drill rod is out of the ground and secured before moving.
17. Locate drill on level ground, if possible. Install cribbing (blocking) under each
jack to insure a stable lifting platform in case ground is broken or soft.
2-8
18. Before raising the tower, make sure it is clear of tools or objects that could
fall.Check to see that all hydraulic and air hoses do not become snagged during
raising. Watch all hoist cables and keep them clear or unspooled properly while
raising tower.
19. When working on any air compressor hose or receiver tank, relieve all pressure
in the system before removing any cap, plug or hose connection.
20. Never move the drill with the tower partially raised, unless it is an angle drill with
the proper locking pins in place.
21. Never move the drill with the tower locking pins removed or unpinned. The
tower is not designed to be held up by the tower raising cylinders alone.
2-9
PRE-START INSPECTION
1. INSPECT your drill rig daily. Ensure that the routine maintenance and
lubrication are being dutifully performed. Have any malfunctioning, broken or
missing parts repaired or replaced before use.
2. VERIFY that all instruction and safety labels are in place and readable. These
are as important as any other equipment on the drill rig.
3. NEVER fill the fuel tank with the engine running, while near an open flame, or
while smoking. ALWAYS wipe up any spilled fuel.
4. CHECK for WARNING or lockout tags placed on the drill rig. DO NOT operate
the drill until repairs have been made and the WARNING or lockout tags have
been removed by authorized personnel.
5. CLEAN any foreign material from the operator’s cab or platform to reduce the
danger of slipping.
6. KNOW the location of the Emergency Shut Down Control if the drill rig is so
equipped.
7. ALWAYS know the capabilities and limitations of your equipment: speed,
gradeability, steering and braking.
8. BE AWARE of the dimensions of your drill rig’s height, width and weight when
moving the drill.
9. CHECK for any conditions that could be dangerous: unstable ground condition,
tree limbs, low hanging wires or an overhanging rock face.
2-10
OPERATION SAFETY
1. OBSERVE the position of fire extinguishers, if so equipped, and ensure they
are fully charged and inspected regularly.
2. AVOID any operational mode that might sacrifice safety.
3. TAKE all necessary precautions to ensure that the drill is used only when in a
safe and reliable condition.
4. OPERATE the drill only if all protective and safety oriented devices such as
removable safety devices, any emergency shut off equipment, any sound
proofing elements and any exhausts are in place and fully functional.
5. START the drill from the operator’s station only.
6. WATCH the indicators during startup and shutdown procedures in accordance
with the operating instructions.
7. MAKE SURE no one is at danger or risk before starting up the drill, starting to
drill or setting the drill in motion.
8. Personnel can be pinched, entangled or crushed bymovingmachinery.While
the drill is in operation, personnel must never place any part of their bodies or
clothing on or near any rotating machinery, gears, pinions, ropes, cables,
chains or wrenches.
9. CHECK that the braking, steering, signaling and lighting systems are fully
functional before starting work or traveling with the drill.
10. CHECK that accessories have been safely stowed away and that all levelling
jacks are retracted fully before moving the drill.
11. ALWAYS SWITCH ON the lighting system in conditions of poor visibility and
after dark.
12. MAKE SURE there is sufficient clearance when crossing underpasses, bridges
and tunnels, or when operating under overhead lines.
13. ALWAYS KEEP at a safe distance from the edges of quarry face, pits and
slopes.
14. AVOID any operation that might be a risk to drill stability.
15. ALWAYS SECURE the drill against inadvertent movement and all
unauthorized use before leaving the operator’s cab.
2-11
STARTING THE DRILL

1. ALWAYS USE handrails and steps to get on and off the drill rig. ALWAYS
MAINTAIN a three-point contact when climbing onto or off of drill rig. Watch for
slippery surfaces when mounting.
2. READ and FOLLOW ALL instruction decals.
3. BEFORE starting engine or beginning to move, check inside, outside and
underneath the drill for people or obstructions.
4. BEFORE starting the engine, check that all operating controls are in neutral
position and the Emergency Stop Button is pulled out.
5. CHECK for Warnings or Lockout tags on the controls. If there is a tag attached
to the switch, do not start the engine until the warning tag has been removed
by the person who installed it.
6. ALWAYS sound the horn before starting the drill to alert everyone in the area.
7. START the engine from the operator’s position only.
8. ALWAYS USE EXTREME CAUTION if you have to jump start the engine.
9. CHECK all gauges and controls for correct operation. Stop the drill immediately
and replace any that are defective.
10. CHECK all safety devices. Report any defects immediately.
11. MAKE sure you are on solid, level ground before raising the tower. Use cribbing
or blocking if you are not sure.
12. WHEN raising the tower, make certain there are no electrical power lines within
the operating area of the drill.
13. LISTEN for unusual noises.
14. ENGAGE hydraulic controls slowly in cold weather to avoid shock loading.
! DANGER
Do not raise the boom or operate this drill in the vicinity of electrical
power lines. Operating too close or contacting a power line with any part
of the drill can result in electrocution.
Place the drill as far as possible from electrical power lines and never work inside the minimum
specified distance set by local, state or federal regulations.
Treat all electrical lines as live power lines.
Clear the area. Slowly raise and lower the boom. if the distance to the line has been misjudged,
your reaction time might be too slow.
A signal person must be used to guide the drill in the vicinity of power lines. The signal person
and drill operator must be in direct visual contact at all times.
2-12
OPERATING
1. ALWAYS make sure that no person or obstruction is in your line of travel before
moving the drill rig.
2. NEVER CLIMB on or off the drill rig while it is in motion.
3. USE EXTREME CAUTION and be very observant when operating in close
quarters or congested areas.
4. NEVER carry passengers.
5. KNOW the area in which you are working. Familiarize yourself with all of the
work site obstructions and any other potential hazards in the area.
6. KNOW and USE the hand signals required for particular jobs and know who
has the responsibility for signaling.
7. DO NOT work in the vicinity of overhanging banks or on grades that could
cause the drill rig to slide or roll over.
8. AVOID side hill travel. ALWAYS operate up and down slopes.
9. NEVER allow bystanders, other than authorized persons, to stand within the
drill rigs danger (working) area when the engine is running.
10. ALWAYS LOOK in all directions BEFORE changing your direction of travel and
sound the horn prior to moving.
11. DO NOT run the engine in a closed building for an extended length of time.
EXHAUST FUMES CAN KILL.
2-13
DRILLING
1. Use the proper tools for the job. Do not attempt to lift drill rod, subs, stabilizers
or bits without the proper lifting devices.
2. Use the proper technique in loading and unloading drill rod. If a lifting bail is
used, make sure it can be detached by a helper while standing on the ground.
Use a rod handling tool if the carousel needs to be filled.Make sure the safety
clip is in place.
! DANGER
NEVER RIDE THE ROTARY HEAD FOR ANY REASON!!!
3. Do not attempt any repairs to the drill while it is running. Stop the drill to make
repairs.
4. Do not allow anyone to climb the tower. If repairs must be made, lower the
tower or use a man lift to reach the repair area.
5. Do not ride the rotary head for any reason. It is not meant to be an elevator.
6. Do not use the hoist cable as a man lift.
7. Do not operate the drill except from the operator’s station. Trying to operate
from any other position is a safety hazard and can cause serious injury.
8. Do not hoist or brake too sharply. This can cause premature failure of
equipment and can be dangerous.
9. Don’t retract the hoist so far that it slams into the crown block. Continuous pull
on the wire rope can break it and drop the load.
10. Know the limitations of your drill and don’t exceed the design limits.
2-14
MOVING THE DRILL

1. Make sure all drill rod is out of the hole before moving.
2. Do not get on or off the drill when it is moving.
3. Lower tower if moving a long distance.
4. Secure all drill rod and tools before moving the drill.
5. Know the drill’s height, width, weight and length before moving.
6. Check brakes on truck, before leaving job site.
7. If moving with the tower raised, make sure all locking pins are in place and the
ground is level and solid.
8. On deephole drills, be careful cornering to allow for tower overhang.
9. Know where your helpers are at all times. Do not move the drill if they are not
in view.
10. Know and use proper signals when moving the drill.
2-15
STOPPING AND SHUTDOWN

1. Move drill away from highwall or face before shutting the drill down for the day.
2. Don’t park the drill under an overhang or where a bank can cave in.
3. ALWAYS park the drill rig on solid, level ground. If this is not possible, always
park the drill at a right angle to the slope and chock the tires.
4. If the drill is left over a hole, lower the jacks so the tires touch the ground.
5. Be sure to relieve all pressures in the systems before leaving the drill.
6. Place all controls in neutral or park position before leaving the drill.
7. AVOID leaving the controls with the engine running. NEVER leave the
operator’s cab while the engine is running.
8. Position the engine speed control to “LOW IDLE” and turn key switch to OFF.
9. Lock the ignition and remove the keys before leaving the operator’s cab.
10. Lock all lockable compartments.
11. USE proper flags, barriers and warning devices, especially when parking in
areas of heavy traffic.
2-16
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
In any work concerning the operation, conversion or adjustment of the drill and its safety
oriented devices or any work related to maintenance, inspection and repair, always observe
the startup and shut down procedures set out in the operating instructions and the information
on maintenance work.
All personnel involved in setting up drills or handling maintenance and repairs must know and
practice proper procedures, including lockout and tagout practices.
1. Ensure that the maintenance area is adequately secured.

2. If the drill is completely shut down for maintenance and repair work, it must be
secured against inadvertent starting by:
•Locking the principal control elements and removing the ignition key and/or
•Attaching a warning sign to the main starter key switch.
3. Carry out maintenance and repair work only if the drill is positioned on stable
and level ground and has been secured against inadvertent movement.
4. USE CARE when attaching and securing lifting tackle to individual parts and to
large assemblies being moved for replacement purposes to avoid the risk of
accidents. USE lifting gear that is in perfect condition and with adequate lifting
capacity.NEVERwork or stand under suspended loads.
5. ALWAYS USE correct tools and workshop equipment when performing
maintenance to the drill.
6. ALWAYS USE specially designed or otherwise safety oriented ladders and
working platforms when doing overhead assembly work. Never use drill parts
as a climbing aid and never climb the tower.
7. KEEP all handles, steps, handrails, platforms, landings and ladders free from
mud, dirt, snow and ice.
8. CLEAN the drill, especially connections and threaded unions, of any traces of
oil, fuel or preservatives before carrying out maintenance or repair. NEVER use
aggressive detergents. Use lint free cleaning rags.
9. Before cleaning the drill with water, steam jet (high pressure cleaning) or
detergents, COVER OR TAPE up all openings which, for safety and functional
reasons, must be protected against water, steam or detergent penetration.
Special care must be taken with electric motors and components.
10. ENSURE during cleaning of the drill that temperature sensors do not come into
contact with hot cleaning agents.
11. REMOVE all covers and tapes applied for that purpose after cleaning the drill.
12. After cleaning, EXAMINE all fuel, lubricant and hydraulic fluid lines for leaks,
loose connections, chafe marks and damage. REPAIR or REPLACE any
defective parts immediately.
13. Always TIGHTEN any and all screwed connections that have been loosened
during maintenance and repair.
2-17
14. Any safety devices that were removed for setup, maintenance or repair
purposes must be refitted and checked immediately upon completion of the
maintenance and repair work.
15. ENSURE that all the consumables and replaced parts are disposed of safely
and with minimum environmental impact.
16. AVOID, whenever possible, the servicing, cleaning or examining of the drill rig
with the engine running.
17. AVOID, whenever possible: servicing or providing maintenance to the drill rig
unless the tires are adequately chocked and the parking brake is applied.
18. DO NOT alter the engine governor settings from those indicated in the engine
manual and the engine option plate.
19. ALWAYS replace damaged or lost decals. Refer to the parts manual for the
proper location and part number for all decals.
20. Use only original circuit breakers with the specified current rating. Shut down
the drill immediately if trouble occurs in the electric system.
21. Work on the electrical system or on electrical equipment may only be carried
out by a skilled electrician or by specially instructed personnel under the direct
supervision and control of an electrician and in accordance with the applicable
electrical engineering.
22. If provided for in the regulations, power supply to parts of the drill on which
inspection, maintenance and repair work is to be carried out, must be cut off.
23. Before starting any work, check the de-energized parts for the presence of
power and ground or short circuit them in addition to insulating adjacent live
parts and elements.
24. The electrical equipment of drill is to be inspected and checked at regular
intervals. Defects such as loose connections or scorched cables must be
rectified immediately.
25. Welding, flame cutting and grinding work on the drill should only be done if
expressly authorized, as there may be a risk of explosion and fire.
26. Before beginning welding, flame cutting and grinding operations, clean the drill
and its surrounding area from dust and other flammable substances and make
sure that the premises are adequately ventilated (risk of explosion).
27. Check all lines, hoses and screwed connections regularly for leaks and for
obvious damage. Repair damage immediately. Splashed oil may cause injury
and fire.
28. Depressurize all system sections and pressure pipes (hydraulic, compressed
air) that are to be removed in accordance with the specific instructions before
carrying out any repair work.
29. Hydraulic lines must be laid and fitted correctly. Ensure there are no
connections that are interchanged. The fittings, lengths and quality of the hoses
must comply with the technical requirements.
2-18
30. When handling oils, lubricants and other chemical substances, observe the
product related safety regulations.
31. Be careful when handling hot consumables (risk of burning or scalding).
2-19
FUELING
1. NEVER fill the fuel tank with the engine running, while near an open flame or
while smoking. ALWAYS wipe up any spilled fuel.
2. Do not spill fuel on hot surfaces.
3. Refuel in a well ventilated area.
4. Keep open lights, lighted smoking materials, flames or spark-producing
devices at a safe distance when refueling.
5. Keep fuel nozzle in contact with tank being filled, or provide a ground to prevent
static sparks from igniting fuel.
6. Turn off cab and fuel heaters.
7. Never mix any other fuel with diesel oil. An explosion can occur.
BATTERIES
1. DISCONNECT the battery cables when working on the electrical system or
when you are welding on the drill rig.
2. BE SURE the battery area is well ventilated (clear of fumes) should it be
necessary to connect a jump battery or battery charger. Fumes from the battery
can ignite by a spark and explode.
3. BE SURE the battery charger is turned “OFF” when making the connections if
battery charging is required.
4. Always wear safety glasses when servicing batteries.
5. Connect the ground cable last when installing a battery.
6. Battery acid will burn skin, eat holes in clothing and cause blindness if splashed
into the eyes.
7. Batteries generate a highly explosive mixture. A spark could ignite these gases.
8. Do not short across batteries. The spark could ignite the gases.
9. Keep battery covers in place at all times. Be sure there is no connection
between the battery terminals and the cover.
2-20
WIRE ROPE AND CABLE

1. Winches and ropes must be inspected frequently for unforeseeable wear
patterns, and discarded according to certain criteria (refer ISO 4305).
2. Wire rope running over drums and through sheaves creates pinch points. Do
not use hands or bars to guide wire rope onto drums; instead, use rope guides.
Keep clothing and all parts of the body away from running rope and from the
machinery that moves the rope.
3. Replace wire rope when it is worn to the following:
•Six (6) randomly distributed broken wires are found in one lay.
•Wear of one-third (1/3) the original diameter of outside wires.
•Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.
•Any kinking or cracking occurs.
4. Make sure all hooks are connected properly.
•Saddle and nuts must be around lifting side of cable.

•Always use a thimble when installing a hook.
•Always use the correct number of clamps for cable size.
•All hooks must have lock type dogs to prevent the cable from jumping out of hook
throat.
5. Do not allow cable to backlash on hoist or drum.
•Make sure cable spools properly on hoist drum.

•Do not overload the hoist or wire rope.
2-21
HYDRAULICS
Cylinder Repairs or Replacement
! WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or
components. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of
properly.
1. When repairing cylinders, be sure to block them up to prevent dropping or

rolling off the drill.
2. After repairing or replacing cylinders, especially the feed or tower raising ones,
purge all air out of each end of the cylinder before connecting it to the drill. Air
in one end can cause the tower or rotary head to fall and cause an accident.
3. Loosen feed cables or chains before trying to remove feed cylinders.
4. Plug all hoses as soon as they are removed from the cylinders to prevent oil
spills and slippery conditions.
5. Use a hoist to lift the larger cylinders.
Pumps and Motors
1. Make sure hoses are plugged when replacing pumps and motors.
2. Always replace pumps and motors with the same size and type.
3. Use the correct adapters when installing pump or motor.
Valves
1. When working on valves, keep area clean to prevent contamination from

getting inside valve.
2. Be sure the valve being installed is the same type as the one removed. The
motor and cylinder spools are interchangeable and they may cause an accident
or the failure of a component if used incorrectly.
Hoses
1. Do not replace a hose with one of lesser strength or capacity. Breakage or

leakage could result.
2. Do not use a ’will-fit” hose as it may fail and cause an accident before it can be
replaced by the correct type.
2-22
COOLERS AND FANS

1. Never remove the fan guard unless the drill is shut down and locked out.
2. When testing fan speed, do so with the guard in place.
3. Do not try to remove debris from inside the fan guard. Stop the drill and lockout
the switch before removing.
4. Be careful while washing out coolers with pressure washers. Spray can injure
eyes.
5. Coolers are heavy. Obtain a suitable winch capable of lifting and moving
coolers or radiators before replacing.
GUARDS
1. If any guards must be removed from the drill to perform service, always replace
them before the drill is started.
2. If a guard becomes damaged or lost, replace or repair it before starting drill.
3. Do not cut out or modify a guard. It was designed to protect people from getting
injured.
LUBRICATION
1. Never attempt to lubricate the drill while it is running, unless drill is fitted with
automatic lubrication system. Stop drill for all maintenance.
2. To lubricate the fittings on the tower, lay the tower down and use a man lift to
reach the inaccessible places. Do NOT climb the tower for ANY reason.
3. To lubricate drive lines, reach through the guards. Do not remove them.
NOTE: If a lube point will not take grease, report it immediately. A bearing
can get hot and cause a fire if not lubricated properly.
2-23
COMPRESSOR
! WARNING
The normal operating temperature of compressor oil is hot enough to
cause serious burns. Use precautions when working on any hot fluid
lines or changing filters.
! WARNING
Do not attempt to remove any plugs or open the drain valve before
making sure all air pressure has been relieved from the system.
1. Relieve all pressure in the receiver tank and lines before working on the
compressor system.
2. Do not allow tools or air-powered equipment to be connected to the drill hoses.
They must be attached to the service regulator, and the pressure must be
adjusted to the working capacity of the tool being used.
3. Do not remove any regulation or control hoses while the drill is running or
pressure is still in the system. High pressure air can cause serious injuries.
4. Be careful when using service air to clean off the working area.High pressure
air can be dangerous.
5. Turn off drill air and exhaust drill string before unscrewing drill pipe at the table.
6. Do not turn on high pressure air too quickly when the air hoses are in the vicinity
of people.Hoses can jump and injure people, especially if there is water or oil
inside them.
2-24
WARNING OF SPECIAL DANGERS

When working with the drill, maintain a safe distance from overhead electric lines. If work is to
be carried out close to overhead electric lines, the working equipment must be kept well away
from them. CAUTION! DANGER! Check out the prescribed safety distances.
! DANGER
If your drill comes into contact with a live wire:
• Do not leave the drill. Do not step off the platform.

• Warn others against approaching and touching the drill.
• Have the live wire de-energized.
• Do not leave the drill until the damaged line has been safely de-energized.
! DANGER
Operate internal combustion engines and fuel operated heating systems
only in adequately ventilated premises. Before starting the drill in
enclosed premises, make sure that there is sufficient ventilation.
! DANGER
Exceeding the slope or grade limitations of the drill and its configuration
can cause the drill to tip over. Prior to moving the drill into position,
always determine the safe operating grade of the drill with tower up and
down. Do not move the drill with tower up.
2-25
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION
The following information is provided to assist the owners and operators of Atlas Copco Drilling
Solutions Equipment. Further information may be obtained by contacting your Atlas Copco
Drilling Solutions Equipment Distributor.
The following substances are used in the manufacturing of this drill and may be hazardous to
health if used incorrectly.
SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION
Anti Freeze Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Hydraulic Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Engine Lubricating Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Compressor Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Preservative Grease Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Rust Preventative Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Engine Fuel Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Battery Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
SAE Gear Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
The following substances may be produced during the operation of this drill and may be
hazardous to health.
Engine Exhaust Fumes Avoid breathing fumes.
Engine Exhaust Fumes Avoid buildup of fumes in confined spaces.
Electric Motor Dust (Brushes/ Avoid breathing in during maintenance.
Insulation)
Brake Lining Dust Avoid breathing in during maintenance.
2-26
2.2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
BE AWARE OF SAFETY INFORMATION

This is the Safety-Alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual,
be alert to the potential for personal injury.
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating practices.
UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS

A signal word - DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION - is used with the safety-alert symbol.
DANGER identifies the most serious hazards.
DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION safety labels are located near specific hazards.
NOTICE labels are for general information.
! DANGER
DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD WHICH
WILL CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE WARNING
IS IGNORED.
2-27
! WARNING
WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD WHICH
CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY OR DEATH IF THE WARNING IS IGNORED.
! CAUTION
CAUTION IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD WHICH
WILL OR CAN CAUSE PERSONAL INJURY, OR PROPERTY DAMAGE IF
THE WARNING IS IGNORED.
NOTICE
information which is important but not hazard related.
FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine’s safety labels. Keep
safety labels in good condition. Replace all missing or damaged safety labels.
Replacement safety labels can be obtained at no cost from your local Atlas Copco dealer or
representative or by contacting the factory.
Learn how to operate the machine and how to use the controls properly. DO NOT LET
ANYONE OPERATE THIS MACHINE WITHOUT PROPER INSTRUCTION.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your local Atlas
Copco dealer.
2-28
KEEP MACHINE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION

Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine
may impair the function and/or safety and effect machine life.
Make sure all safety devices, including shields are installed and functioning properly.
Visually inspect the machine daily before starting the machine. Do not operate the machine
with loose, worn, or broken parts.
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

Wear APPROVED safety equipment (safety shoes, safety glasses, hearing protection, hard
hat, gloves, respirator, etc.) when operating or maintaining the machine.
Wear close fitting clothing and confine long hair.

Operating equipment requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music
headphones while operating the machine.
2-29
HANDLE FUEL SAFELY - AVOID FIRES

Handle fuel with care, it is highly flammable. Do not refuel the machine while smoking or when
near open flame or sparks.
Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel tank outdoors.
Prevent fire by keeping machine clean of accumulated trash, debris, and grease. Always clean
up spilled fuel.
KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE

Never ride on a machine. The operator’s cab is for one person only. Riders are subject to injury
such as being thrown off the machine.
2-30
AVOID MOVING PARTS

Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power driven parts.
Keep safety shields in place and properly secured.
CHECK LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Know and obey all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations that apply to your work
situation.
PLACE WARNING BARRIERS AROUND WORK SITE

Set up traffic barriers around the work area with warning signs facing outward.
Place pedestrian and traffic barriers around the job site in accordance with Federal, State,
local, and governing agency laws and regulations.
2-31
CHECK FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES

Before starting work, remember that contact with buried utilities may cause serious injury or
death. Electric line contact may cause electric shock or electrocution. Gas line contact may
rupture pipe causing explosion or fire. Fiber optic cables can blind you if you look into the laser
light in them. Water line rupture may cause a flood and possible ground collapse. Before
drilling, check with qualified sources to properly locate all buried utilities in and around drill
path. Select a drill path that will not intersect buried utilities. Never launch a drill bit on a path
toward electric, gas, or water lines. Until their location is known, have the utility company shut
it off before starting any underground work. Excavate to confirm its exact location.
2-32
DO NOT WORK ON OR NEAR UNSTABLE GROUND

Do not work in trenches with unstable sides which could cave in. Do not work near faces or
walls that can collapse. Do not work near benches that can collapse. Specific requirements for
shoring or sloping trench walls, faces, and benches are available from several sources
including Federal and State O.S.H.A. offices, or appropriate governing agency. Be sure to
contact suitable authorities for these requirements before working in a trench. Federal
O.S.H.A. regulations can be obtained by contacting the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. State O.S.H.A. regulations are
available at your local state O.S.H.A. office, or appropriate governing agency.
ROLLOVER POSSIBLE
Proceed slowly; be alert and use extreme caution when operating on hillsides, or near ditches,
gullies, holes, or obstructions where rollover could occur.
Refer to Stability Chart in cab for specific information on rollover angle data.
2-33
AVOID ELECTROCUTION. STAY AWAY.

Electrocution possible. Serious injury or death may result if the machine strikes an energized
power line. Take the following precautions to prevent electrocution. Also refer to the operating
instructions.
• Always contact your local utility company when working in the vicinity of utilities.
• Locate underground utilities by qualified persons.
• Do not raise, lower, or move drill guide or boom near power lines.
• Always wear proper electrically insulated lineman’s gloves and boots.
• Never touch metal parts on machine while standing on bare ground if machine
comes in contact with a power line.
• Always stay in cab during all drilling operations.
• Never step onto or off of a machine if an electric strike occurs.
2-34
AVOID COOLANT BURNS

Hot fluid under pressure can erupt and scald if opened.
Allow to cool before opening.
AVOID BATTERY BURNS AND EXPLOSION

Battery contains sulfuric acid which can cause severe burns. Avoid contact with eyes, skin,
and clothing.
Battery fumes are flammable and can explode. Keep all burning materials away
frombattery.Do not smoke. Tools and cable clamps can make sparks. Shield eyes and face
from battery.
CHECK FOR OVERHEAD UTILITY LINES

Check for overhead electrical power lines or other obstructions and be certain there is
adequate clearance when handling drill rod or moving machine.
2-35
USE NORMAL SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE

Before servicing, cleaning, repairing, inspecting, lubricating, fueling, or transporting the
machine, make sure the machine has been shutdown in accordance with this instruction
manual.
WHEN TRANSPORTING ON TRUCK OR TRAILER

Attach chains and binders to the machine to securely tie down the machine to the truck or
trailer. Refer to LIFTING POINTS in Section 2 for proper location.
2-36
OBSERVE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REGULATIONS

Be mindful of the environment and ecology.
Before draining any fluids, find the correct way of disposing them.
Observe the relevant environmental protection regulations when disposing of oil, fuel, coolant,
brake fluid, filters and batteries.
When using any solvent to clean parts, make sure that it is
nonflammable, that it will not harm the skin, that it meets current
O.S.H.A. standards, or appropriate governing agency. And that it is used in an area that is
adequately ventilated.
! WARNING
WARNING: Failure to follow any of the above safety instructions or those
that follow within this manual, could result in serious injury or death. This
machine is to be used only for those purposes for which it was intended
as explained in this instruction manual.
2-37
INSPECTING SAFETY DECALS

Safety decals located on your machine contain important and useful information that will help
you operate your equipment safely.
To assure that all decals remain in place and in good condition, follow the instructions given
below:
Keep decals clean. Use soap and water, not mineral spirits, abrasive cleaners, or other similar
cleaners that will damage the decal.
Replace any damaged or missing decals. When attaching decals, surface temperature of the
metal must be at least 40°F (5°C). The metal must also be clean and dry.
When replacing a machine component with a decal attached, replace the decal also. (Decals
part numbers and locations on the machine are shown in the safety manual located inside the
operator’s cab door pocket.)
Replacement decals can be obtained at no cost from your local Atlas Copco dealer or
representative or by contacting the factory.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your local Atlas
Copco dealer.
2-38
2.3 - SAFETY DECALS
SAFETY DECAL LOCATIONS
Safety Manual must be kept with machine at all times. The Safety Manual is located in the door
to the Operator’s Cab. Immediately replace Safety Manual and Safety Decals when lost, worn
or damaged. Replacement Safety Manuals and Safety Decals can be obtained from your
nearest Atlas Copco dealer.
2-39
2-40
2-41
2-42
2-43
2-44
2-45
2-46
2-47
2-48
2-49
2-50
2-51
2-52
2-53
2-54
2-55
2-56
2-57
2-58
2-59
2-60
2-61
2-62
2-63
2-64
2-65
2-66
2-67
2-68
2-69
2-70
2-71
2-72
2-73
2-74
SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS
3-1
Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS
3.1 - ATLAS COPCO CM760D TIER III
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The CM760D Tier III drills are built in accordance with state-of-the-art standards and
recognized safety rules. Nevertheless, their misuse may constitute a risk to the life and limb
of the user or third parties and may cause damage to the drills or other material property.
The Atlas Copco CM760D Tier III drill is a track mounted, self contained percussive drill,
designed for quarry and construction applications.
The CM760D Tier III employs a variable angle boom. The boom has a maximum horizontal
swing of 45 degrees right and 20 degrees left. The boom’s maximum vertical movement is 50
degrees up and 20 degrees down.
Controls for the CM760D Tier III are located in a pressurized, air conditioned and heated cab,
which permits the operator to focus on tramming, engine control, and drilling, whatever the
task is at hand.
Standard Items on the CM760D Tier III:
• 630 CFM (17.8 cu. m/min) air compressor

• C-11 Tier III Series diesel engine
• Mainframe constructed of cold finish rectangular steel tubing
• Hydraulic motor driven feed system
• Boom/Guide dump and swing allows a variety of drilling angles
• Independent oscillation of the left and right tracks
• Easy access tram and engine controls
• Rod changer package
• Two stage air cleaners
• Pressurized, air conditioned and heated operator’s cab
• Machinery enclosure to keep components protected from the elements
• Night-lights for tramming and drilling.
• 155 gallon (586.7 liter) fuel tank
• Cooling package rated to 125° F (52° C)
• Separate air intake filters for engine and air compressor
• Hydraulic driven rotary head
3-2
SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III
OVERALL SPECIFICATIONS
The following overall specifications are for a standard CM760D Tier III. Add-ons and option
packages are not included
DESCRIPTION US METRIC
Weight (with all fluids and 49,000 lbs. 22,230 kg.
carousel loaded with rod)
Overall Length - Tramming and 33.42 ft. 10.19 m.
Shipping
Overall Length - Boom at 45°, 25.42 ft. 7.75 m.
Guide Vertical (Drilling)
Overall Height - Tramming and 12.33 ft. 3.76 m.
Shipping
Overall Height - Boom at 45°, 21.5 ft. 6.55 m.
Guide Vertical (Drilling)
Overall Width 98.5 in. 2.50 m.
Track Oscillation ±10° ±10°
Gradeability 30° 30°
Ground Clearance 17 in. 432 mm
Tramming Speed 2 mpg 3.2 km/hr
3-3
DECK ENGINE
The CM760D Tier III diesel engine is a charge air cooled, turbocharged, Tier III comliant
engine to optimize efficient operation. This engine employs an electronic fuel system with an
automatic throttle control which lowers engine rpm during non-drilling opertions to save up to
15% in fuel costs.
Engine: CaterpillarC-11 Tier III rated at 385 H.P.

(287 kW) at 1800 R.P.M.
Air Cleaner: Two-stage, dry type (separate from
compressor air cleaner)
Exhaust: Silenced Exhaust system for reduced noise
level
Caterpillar C-11 Tier III
3-4
AIR COMPRESSOR
The oil-filled, asymmetrical screw, single stage air compressor is directly driven from one end
of the deck engine through a flexible coupling. An Unloader Valve is mounted to the intake side
of the compressor and reduces engine load at startup. Continuous positive lubrication is
provided by the Oil Pump turned by the Rotary Screws.
Type: Rotary Screw

Volume: 630 CFM (17.8 m³/min)
Operating Pressure: 350 psi (24 bar)
Power Source: Direct drive from diesel engine
Air Cleaner: Two-stage, dry type (separate from engine
air cleaner)
Compressor
3-5
COMPRESSOR UNLOADER
The CM760D Tier III drill features a Compressor Unloader system new to the CM760D series
of drills. The LOW Pressure is set at 250 psi (17.238 BAR) at the manufacturing plant under
normal engine operating temperature. The HIGH Pressure is set at 350 psi (24.133 BAR) at
the manufacturing plant under normal engine operating temperature. The Compressor
Unloader system is accessable from the Rear Enclosure Door.
3-6
AIR CLEANERS
The function of the air cleaners is to filter the air taken into the compressor through the
Compressor Air Intake and filter the air taken into the engine through the Engine Air Intake.
The air is filtered by two Air Cleaner Systems that are the dry type with two elements: A
primary element that is replaceable and can be cleaned, and a safety element that should
only be replaced and never cleaned.
3-7
HYDRAULICS
All drilling and propel functions are hydraulically powered. The hydraulic system consists of a
150 gallon (567.81 liter) hydraulic reservoir with 10 micron filtration. There are four hydraulic
pumps mounted onto the engine; two main pumps (the rotary head feed pump and the rotation
pump), the fan pump and the auxillary pump. The hydraulic system includes various motors,
cylinders, valves, filters, gauges and hose piping. A hydraulic oil cooler assures optimum oil
temperatures to maximize system efficiency and component life.
The feed pump supplies hydraulic power to the feed system, and is the primary source of fluid
to the left track tramming functions. The rotation pump provides power to the rotary head
rotation function, and is the primary source of fluid to the right track tramming functions. The
fan pump is a double (tandem) pump, each side pressuring one of the cooler fans. The
auxillary pump supplies oil to the dust collector fan motor, plus it powers the rod changer, the
boom and guide positioning, track oscillation, the centralizer and the dust hood..
Reservoir:
Capacity: 150 gallons (567.81 liters)
Filtration: Hydraulic oil filtered with 10-micron elements (quantity of two)
Pump Drive:
Main hydraulic pumps are coupled to an engine equipped flywheel gearbox.
Auxiliary pump and the fan pump are driven directly from the engine auxiliary drives on the
side of the engine.
Main Pumps:
• Rotary Head Feed/Left Tram Pump: 5.19 cu. in./rev. (85 cu. cm/rev.) displacement,
52 GPM (196.84 L per min.) @ 1800 rpm.
• Rotation/Right Tram Pump: 5.19 cu. in./rev. (85 cu. cm/rev) displacement, 52 GPM
(196.84 L per min.) @ 1800 rpm.
Rotary Head Feed Pump System Pressure: 3600 psi.
Rotation Pump System Pressure: 3600 psi.
Function: The Main Pumps supply oil pressure to the rotation system , feed system, and the
right and left tram.
Auxiliary Pump: Split shaft gear pump: 1.37 cu. in./rev. (22.5 cu. cm/rev.) displacement, 10.7
GPM (40.5 L per min.) @ 1800 rpm.
Auxiliary Pump System Pressure: 3800 psi.
Function: Supplies oil to the dust collector fan motor, plus it powers the rod changer, the
boom and guide positioning, track oscillation, the centralizer and the dust hood.
Tandem Pump: Each port provides 2.54 cu. in./rev. (41.6 cu. cm/rev.) displacement, 19.8
GPM (75 L per min.)
Tandem Pump System Pressure: 1550 psi at each port.
Function: Each port supplies oil pressure to one of the cooler fans.
3-8
COOLING PACKAGE
The CM760D Tier III has two cooler assemblies. One is dedicated to cooling the Hydraulic Oil
and the Compressor Oil. The second cooler is for the Engine Coolant and Charge Air and Fuel
Cooler.
Types: Two multi-section coolers, deck mounted

Fan Drives: Hydraulic motors, gear type
Fan Types: Six blade, single fans w/guards
Cooling Capacity: Rated at 125ºF (52ºC) ambient at sea level.
Hydraulic Oil and Compressor Oil Cooler:
3-9
Engine Coolant, Charge Air, and Fuel Cooler
3-10
DUST COLLECTOR
Type: “No visible emission” pleated paper element

with pneumatic flushing
Features: 24 volt electronic timer and valves
5 inch diameter inlet
Rotor balanced at 3200 RPM so that
vibration does not exceed.75mil (.00075
inches) peak to peak
Fan Motor: Gear type hydraulic drive fan motor with.55
cu. in./rev. displacement
Filters: 2 pleated paper elements
Collector
3-11
CONTROLS
The controls to operate the CM760D Tier III are located inside the pressurized, air conditioned
and heated operator’s cab. From this position, the operator has optimum visibility of the hole
collar and drill operations.
3-12
BOOM AND GUIDE

The boom and guide on the CM760D Tier III is designed for vertical and dump angle drilling.
The boom hydraulic cylinders extend, raise and lower the boom while the dump and swing
cylinders set the drilling angle. The Rotary Head turns the drill rod and moves up and down
the guide by a feed motor and feed chain.
Maximum Horizontal Boom Swing: 45 degrees right, 20 degrees left

Maximum Vertical Boom Movement: 50 degrees up, 20 degrees down
Boom Length: 120 inches (3000 mm)
Maximum Guide Swing: 20 degrees right, 90 degrees left
Re-pinned: 90 degrees right, 20 degrees left
Guide Extension: 60 inches (1,524 mm)
Maximum Guide Dump: 110 degrees
3-13
ROTARY HEAD
The Rotary Head of the CM760D Drill is a Direct Drive Rotary Head (DDRH) and is
recommended for drilling primary blast holes in quarries, open-pit mines, coal stripping
operations, and construction jobs.
The Operator Controlled Direct Drive Rotary Head (DDRH) is a, hydraulically-powered rotation
motor which rotates the drill string. It is especially suitable for pipeline work, drilling vertical and
angle blast holes in quarries, and on any construction jobs where a large volume of rock
excavation is required.
Weight: 507lb. (230 kg)
Maximum Available Torque: 3000 ft. lbs. (43782 Nm) @ 3600 PSI (250 Bar)
Rotation Speed: 0-175 RPM
3-14
UNDERCARRIAGE
The CM760D Tier III utilizes an excavator type undercarriage, built to Atlas Copco
specifications. The undercarriage is driven by a planetary gear system and two hydraulic
motors with a combined rated 176 HP (131.24 Metric HP) each.
The oscillation system is used to raise or lower the right-hand or the left-hand track assembly
to stabilize the machine when setting up the drill on rough terrain. Oscillation control valves
are located at the main control console. These controls allow the each track to be moved
separately or together.
The oscillation system is used to raise or lower the right-hand or the left-hand track assembly
to stabilize the machine when setting up the drill on rough terrain. Oscillation control valves
are located at the main control console. These controls allow the each track to be moved
separately or together.
Overall Length: 132.85 inches (3374.4 mm)
Crawler Ground Contact Length: 101.6 inches (2581 mm)
Take-Up Adjustment: Hydraulic (grease) slack adjustment, spring recoil
Rollers: 7 Lower, 1 Upper
Location: Strategically located for load distribution relative to the boom/guide position
Roller Bearings: Sealed - for - life
Brakes: Plate type, spring applied, hydraulically released
Tow Release: Track drive manually releases for emergency towing
Drive: Two independently controlled hydraulic motors through planetary reduction.
Propel Motors: Fixed displacement, together rated at 176 HP (131.24 Metric HP)
Propel Speed Range: 0 to 2 MPH (0 to 3.2 km/hr.)
3-15
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND CAPACITIES
Tram Speed: 0-2.0 mph (0-3.2 km/hr)

Gradeability: 35 degrees
Ground Clearance: 17 inches (432 mm)
Grouser Width: 14.27 inches (362.55 mm)
Track Length: 132.85 inches (3374.4 mm)
Diesel Fuel Tank Capacity: 155 gallons (586.74 liters)
Hydraulic Tank Capacity: 150 gallons (568 liters)
Separator Tank Capacity: 10 gallons (38 liters)
Radiator (Engine and Radiator Total) 17 gallons (64 liters)
Capacity:
Engine Oil (With Filter Change) Capacity: 29 quarts (28 liters)
Drilling Detergents Tank Capacity: 40 gallons (151 liters)
Final Drive Capacity: 1.8 - 2 quarts (1.9 liters)
Lubricator Capacity: .75 quart (.7 liter)
Windshield wiper fluid reservoir 3 gallons (11.4 liters)
GENERAL SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS
Shipping Drill Height (Boom at 45 degree angle): 284 inches (7,214 mm)
Shipping Drill Length (Boom at 45 degree angle): 233 inches (5,918 mm)
Shipping Width W/O Operator Platform: 96 inches (2,438 mm)
Shipping Weight With Automatic Rod Changer: 23,500 pounds (10,660 kg)
Shipping Weight W/O Automatic Rod Changer: 24,500 pounds (11,113 kg)
3-16
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/
CONTROLS
4-1
Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS
4.1 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
GENERAL INFORMATION
! WARNING
Read and understand Section 2 - Safety Precautions and Guidelines
before you operate or perform any maintenance, service or repairs on the
drill.
Safety should be the main concern for anyone working on or around the drill. Do not perform
any function that could put someone in danger.
Always wear correct safety gear while working on or around the drill. This includes Approved
Hard Hat, Safety Glasses, Steel Toe Shoes, Gloves, Respirator and Ear Protection. Do not
wear loose fitting clothing that can become caught in rotating components.
! WARNING
If you are not experienced with the drill’s controls and instruments, read
and understand Section 4 - Operating Controls AND Instruments.
! WARNING
Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut down
engine before working on the drill.
The following operational hints should be observed:
1. Do not speed engine when it is cold.

2. Always chock the tracks if there is a possibility of uncontrolled movement.
3. Do not lubricate the drill while the engine is running.
4. Always perform safety checks prior to starting and using the drill.
5. Do not control propel speed using the engine speed control lever.
6. Always operate the drill at full engine power when drilling or tramming the drill.
7. Use caution when propelling on unstable surfaces where there may be a risk of
overturning or when loading onto a transporter where there is a risk of
overturning.
4-2
SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III
8. Never propel or stop the drill on a slope or surface that is liable to collapse.
9. Never stop the drill against a high wall that is liable to collapse or cause a
crushing risk.
10. Before starting engine, always check to see that the drill/propel mode selector
is in the drill position and both propel control levers and drill feed are at stop
position and that the parking brake is applied.
4-3
CM760D TIER III INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
BASIC INFORMATION
The CM760D Tier III Drill is one of the finest drills of its class ever made. Under the control of
an experienced and alert driller, this machine will outperform and out drill any drill of it’s class
and is built, by very skilled professionals, to be a work horse for many years. The operator of
this drill must become familiar with the controls at his command. The instruments and controls
section of this manual provides basic information about the operating controls, instruments
and indicators located on the console and around the drill.
The Controls used to operate the CM760D are located in the pressurized, air conditioned and
heated operator’s cab. All drilling and tramming controls are controlled from the Operator’s
Seat. All controls are designed for convenience, ease of control, comfort and safety while
providing maximum visibility of the work area.
The Gauge Panel indicates the engine speed, compressor pressure and temperature, fuel
level, hydraulic oil pressure and temperature, hydraulic oil level and filter restrictions, feed and
rotation pressures, air intake restrictions and engine diagnostics. The Engine is monitored
from the operator’s cab for engine oil pressure, engine coolant temperature, battery voltage
and fuel pressure.
The Engine Data Module is a multifunction tool located under the Gauge Panel that enables
the operator to view many different engine parameters and service codes. This system
provides a window into modern electronic engines and includes a graphical backlit LCD screen
which has excellent contrast and viewing from all angles. The display can show either a single
parameter or a quadrant display showing 4 parameters simultaneously. Diagnostic capabilities
include fault codes with text translation for the most common conditions.
The Start-Up Controls are located between the Gauge Panel and the Side Control Panel and
features the Engine Hi/Lo Idle selector and the Ignition Switch.
The Side Control Panel is located beside the operator’s seat. Starting the drill is performed
from this panel. Emergency Stop, Rod Changer/Dust Collector functions and Water Injection
functions are controlled from this panel as well as Rotary Head rotation speed and feed
pressure. Drill and tram selection and oscillation lock controls, plus drill selection funtions are
located at this panel. Tramming is performed using the tram control joystick.
The two Joysticks located on the operator’s seat is where the operator controls the feed and
drilling.
Emergency stop switch and Rotary Head hourmeter are located in the left side front Enclosure
Side Panel. The rear left side Enclosure door houses the hydraulic Fluid Level Sight Gauge
and the Hydraulic Tank Fill Pump. Also in this door, the Air Cleaners and the Hydraulic Filters.
The Right Side Front and Rear Enclosure Doors give access to the Batteries and Engine Oil,
Coolant and Fuel Filters. Access to the cooler drain cock is also accessable from this side
Various other controls, gauges, and indicators are located around other areas of the the driil
and each will be covered in detail throughout this chapter.
4-4
OVERALL VIEW OF OPERATOR CONTROLS IN CAB
4-5
GAUGE PANEL
4-6
Fuel Level Gauge

The Fuel Level Gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank.
Low Fuel Level Light
The Low Fuel Level Light warns the fuel tank level has dropped to approximately 10
to 15 gallons (37 to 57 liters).
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Gauge
The Hydraulic Oil Temperature Gauge indicates the temperature of the oil in the
hydraulic oil tank. This gauge does not shut down the engine when the hydraulic oil
reaches an excessive temperature. The engine is shut down by the Hydraulic Oil
High Temp Shutdown Switch mounted on the return manifold (mounted behind the
hydraulic tank) when the temperature reaches 180 degrees F (82 degrees C).
Air Discharge Temperature Gauge
The Air Discharge Temperature Gauge indicates the output air temperature of the
compressor.
While compressing air, heat is formed. Oil is pumped into the airend to cool this air.
The oil is cooled by the Compressor Oil Cooler. The normal operating temperature
of the discharge air is 180 to 235 degrees F (82 to 112.7 degrees C)
Engine Speed Adjustment Control
The Engine Speed Adjustment Control adjusts engine idle speed (when the Idle
High/Low switch is set to High) between 1600 RPM to 1855 RPM.
Air Compressor System Air Pressure Gauge
This gauge shows the compressor’s output air pressure. When the compressor is
unloaded, the pressure should be around 40 to 50 psi. When the compressor is
loaded, the pressure should be around 145 to 150 psi. Never let the pressure drop
below 100 psi while drilling.
Drill Air Pressure Gauge
The Drill Air Pressure Gauge (sometimes called Flushing Air) measures the air
pressure blowing down the hole. The blow air forces debris (from drilling) out of the
hole.
Forward Feed Hydraulic Pressure Gauge
The Forward Feed Hydraulic Pressure Gauge measures the amount of hydraulic
down pressure being exerted on the bit by the feed (motor) system. The optimum
pressure will vary depending on rock conditions.
This gauge is used in conjunction with the Hydraulic Feed Pressure Control. The
pressure can be increased or decreased by turning this control.
Rotation Pressure Gauge
The Rotation Pressure Gauge monitors the amount of hydraulic pressure being
applied to rotate the drill bit. The optimum pressure will vary depending on rock
conditions and bit diameter
4-7
ENGINE DATA MODULE
The Engine Data Module is a multifunction tool that enables the operator to view many
different engine parameters and service codes. This system provides a window into modern
electronic engines and includes a graphical backlit LCD screen which has excellent contrast
and viewing from all angles. The display can show either a single parameter or a quadrant
display showing 4 parameters simultaneously. Diagnostic capabilities include fault codes with
text translation for the most common conditions.
The enhanced alarm indication has ultra bright alarm and shutdown LRDs (amber & red). It
has a wide temperature range of -40F to +185F (-40C to +85C), display viewing -40F to +167F
(-40C to +75C), and increased environmental sealing to +/- 5 PSI (+/- 35kPa).
4-8
The Engine Data Module displays critical engine data broadcast by an eletronic engine’s
Engine Control Unit (ECU) such as engine RPM, oil pressure, coolant temperature, system
voltage, and more. This unit includes an audible alarm and relay unit for warning and shutdown
annunciation.
Other components in the system are microprocessor PowerView Gages for displaying critical
engine data broadcast by an electronic engine or transmissionís Engine Control Unit (ECU):
engine RPM, oil pressure, coolant temperature, system voltage, etc. and a combination
audible alarm and relay unit for warning and shutdown annunciation.
Faceplate Features and Keypad Functions
The key pad is a capacitive touch sensing system. There are no mechanical switches to wear
or stick. The keypad operates in extreme temperatures, with gloves, through ice, snow, mud,
grease and more. The display will flash when any of the keys are pressed. The keys on the
keypad perform the following functions:
1. Menu Key
The Menu Key is pressed to either enter or exit the menu screens.
2. Left Arrow
The Left Arrow Key is pressed to scroll through the screen either moving the
parameter selection toward the left or downward
3. Right Arrow
The Right Arrow Key is pressed to scroll through the screen either moving the
parameter selection toward the right or upward.
4. Enter Key
The Enter Key (also called the Enter Button) is pressed to select the parameter that
is high-lighted on the screen.
4-9
DIAGNOSTICS PANEL AND LOWER GAUGE PANEL
Gauge Panel Light Switch

The Gauge Panel Light Switch controls the backlighting on the Gauge Panel.
Air Intake Filters Restriction Indicator
The Air Intake Filters Restriction Indicator lights up when an air filter restriction
becomes too great.
Hydraulic Oil Filters Restriction Indicator
The Hydraulic Oil Filters Restriction Indicator lights up when a hydraulic oil filter
restriction becomes too great
4-10
Hydraulic Tank Oil Level Light

The Hydraulic Tank Oil Level Light indicates the hydraulic oil level has dropped
enough that the hydraulic tank requires refilling.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
The Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge displays the engine coolant temperature
from 0º to 248º F (0º to 120º C). When the cooant temperature reaches above 214º
F (102º C) the gauge needle will enter the red zone and the alarm will activate.
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
The Engine Oil Pressure Gauge indicates engine oil pressure from 0 to 87 psi (0 Kpa
to 600 Kpa). When the oil pressure falls below 10 psi (70 Kpa) the engine oil pressure
gauge needle will enter the red zone and the alarm will activate.
4-11
START-UP CONTROLS
Ignition Power Switch

The Engine “ON/OFF” Keyed Ingition/Power Switch turns on all electrical power to
the engine and controls starting, stopping and run operations. Turn the key clockwise
one stop to turn “ON” the electrical power to the engine and controls. Turn and hold
the key one more stop clockwise to start the drill. Once the engine starts, release the
key and it will spring return to the “ON” position.
If the engine does not start in about 30 seconds, release the key and turn to the
“OFF” position, then turn the key to clockwise one stop to turn “ON” power, then turn
and hold the key one more stop clockwise until the engine starts, then release the
key.
NOTICE
Do not engage the starter motor solenoid longer than 30 seconds at a
time or it will overheat and burn up the starter motor. If the engine does
not start, WAIT 3 minutes to allow the starter to cool before trying again.
NOTICE
Always stop the engine and remove the key when leaving the drill
unattended and/or performing certain maintenance procedures.
To turn the engine off, move the Engine Speed Control to the LOW IDLE position,
then turn the key to the left one stop to shut the engine off.
NOTICE
Atlas Copco engineers recommend the Engine Speed Control be moved
to LOW IDLE position prior to shutting off the engine.
4-12
Engine Speed (HIGH/LOW) Control

The Engine Speed (HIGH/LOW) Control governs the engine speed. In the HIGH
position, idle speed is 1800 rpm. In LOW position, idle speed is 1200 rpm.
NOTICE
Always ensure that the engine speed is at HIGH rpm before tramming or
drilling. Full power is necessary to obtain the proper component
operation and maximum rpm for the greatest efficiency.
! WARNING
A runaway drill can cause injury or death. DO NOT attempt to control drill
travel speed with the engine speed control. Use the tram control to
control travel speed.
4-13
SIDE CONTROL PANEL
4-14
Emergency Stop Switch

The Emergency Stop switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel system is
energized. If the light goes out, it normally means that the engine fuel system is not
operating. Pushing the emergency stop button switch shuts off power to the fuel
valve which stops fuel flow and shuts the engine down. Turning the key switch does
the same thing. All engines are “energized to run”, which means the fuel system must
be energized in order to pump fuel.
NOTICE
All Emergency Stop Buttons must be pulled out before the drill will start.
Tram Control
The Tram Control is a single joystick control. The control joystic commands forward
and reverse tramming. The control allows each track assembly to be moved
separately tor together. Full speed controls of the drill is assured by feathering the
control.
Use the following steps to properly tram the machine:
1. To tram forward, push the control forward.

2. To tram backward, pull the control backward.
3. To make a right turn, move the control to the right and either forward or back.
4. To make a left turn, move the control to the left and either forward or back.
Horn Button
The Horn Button activates the horn. The horn must be sounded prior starting or
moving the drill to warn persons on the ground the drill is about to start or move.
Oscillation Lock Switches

There are two Oscillation Lock Switches, one for the left track and one for the right
track. These switches help stabilized the machine when tramming or setting up to
drill on rough terrain. The Oscillation Lock Switches work in conjuction with the
Oscillation Control.
To oscillate the left track, move the left Oscillation Lock Switch to the UNLOCKED
position and the right Oscillation Lock Switch to the LOCKED position, then move the
Oscillation Control to raise or lower the left track. To oscillate the right track, move
the right Oscillation Lock Switch to the UNLOCKED position and the left Oscillation
Lock Switch to the LOCKED position, then move the Oscillation Control to raise or
lower the right track. To move both tracks in unison, move both Oscillation Lock
Switches to the UNLOCKED position, then move the Oscillation Control to raise or
4-15
lower the tracks.

Both Oscillation Lock Switches must be in the UNLOCKED position to tram the drill
and must be in the LOCKED position to drill a hole.
! CAUTION
Both Oscillation Lock Switches must be UNLOCKED when tramming over
uneven terrain to allow hydraulic interaction between cylinders which will
help to maintain stability to the machine.
Both Oscillation Lock Switches must be LOCKED when drilling to prevent

the machine from tilting out of the drilling position.
Oscillation Control
The Oscillation Control operates both track oscillation cylinders individually in
conjuction with the Oscillation Lock Switches by locking and unlocking the desired
oscillation cylinder. (Refer to the previously mentioned Oscillation Lock Switches.)
To lower the left or right track, move the control to the right. To raise the left or right
track, move the control to the left.
Drill/Start/Tram Selection Switch

The Drill/Start/Tram Selection Switch is a three position switch that commands the
machine operate in the Drill, Start, or Tram Mode. The switch must be in the Start
(centered) position to allow the start-up sequence to function. The switch must be in
the Tram (right) postion to move the drill. The switch must be in the Drill (left) position
before any of the drilling functions will operate.
Dust Collector/Rod Changer Selection Controller

The Dust Collector/Rod Changer Selection Controller activates the Dust Collector or
the Rod Changer. Move the controller forward to turn on the Dust Collector. Move the
controller back to operate the Rod Changer.
Rotation Speed Control
The Rotation Speed Control adjusts the rotation speed of the Rotary Head. Rotate
the control to the right to increase speed. Rotate the control to the left to decrease
speed.
Feed Pressure Control

The Feed Pressure Control is used to adjust and pre-set the feed force of the feed
motor. Rotate the control to the right to increase the feed pressure. Rotate the control
to the left to decrease the feed pressure.
4-16
Water Injection (Vaposol®) ON/OFF Control

The Water Injection ON/OFF Control supplies the water and detergent mixture to the
Water Injection Flow Control.
Water Injection (Vaposol®) Flow Control

The Water Injection Flow Control will adjust the amount of water and detergent
allowed into the air line after the blow air control has been activated.
NOTE: After the Water Injection Flow Control has been adjusted to give
the proper water/detergent mixture, use the Water Injection ON/OFF
Control to control the flow.
4-17
DRILL BOOM AND GUIDE CONTROLS
These controls manage the movements of the Drill Boom and Drill Guide.
Guide Dump
The Guide Dump controller will pivot the drill guide up or down. To swing the drill
guide up, move the control back. To swing the drill guide down, move the control
forward.
Guide Swing
The Guide Swing also swings the drill guide left or right. To swing the drill guide to
the right, move the control right. To swing the drill guide to the left, move the control
left.
Boom Lift
The Boom Lift will move the boom up or down. To raise the boom, move the controls
to the back. To lower the boom, move the control forward.
Boom Swing
The Boom Swing control also pivots the boom left or right. To swing the boom to the
right, move the control to the right. To swing the boom to the left, move the control to
the left.
Boom Extension
This control will extend the boom or retract the boom. To extend the boom, move the
control to the right. To retract the boom, move the control to the left.
Guide Extension
The Guide Extension is used to raise or lower the drill guide. To raise the drill guide,
push the control forward. To lower the drill guide, pull the control back.
4-18
DRILLING CONTROLS
The Drilling Controls include the controls that are attached to the operator’s seat. These
controls are the Feed Controller and the Centralizer/Rod Lock Controller on the left side of the
operator’s seat and the Drilling Controller, Carousel Rotation Directional Selector, and Rod
Changer Controller on the right side of the operator’s seat.
These arm-mounted controls allow the driller responsive, smooth movements for quicker set
up between holes. Drilling and rod changing is easily performed which allows the driller to
focus on the task at hand instead of searching controls for functions.
4-19
FEED CONTROLLER
The Feed Controller controls the direction of the Feed Motor. Moving the controller forward
feeds the Rotary Head down toward the Centralizer end of the Drill Guide. Moving the
controller back retracts the Rotary Head to the top of the Drill Guide.
The White Toggle Switch on the left side of the controller turns the Blow Air on and off. Push
the top of the toggle in to turn the Blow Air ON. Pust the bottom of the toggle to turn the Blow
Air OFF. The Blow Air is air that is forced down the drill string to blow out debris as drilling
occurs.
The White Toggle Switch on the right side of the controller activates the full force or the
reduced force of the Blow Air. Push the top of the toggle in to for Full Blow Air. Push the bottom
of the toggle in for Reduced Blow Air.
The Fast Feed Trigger on the back of the controller activates Fast Feed. Depress the trigger,
then move the controller for Fast Feed.
4-20
Centralizer/Rod Lock Controller
The Centralizer/Rod Lock Controller is a six position control that opens and closes the
centralizer in conjunction with the rod lock. The Rod Lock secures the drill rod to the Rotary
Head and the Centralizer ensures the rod will drill without moving around.
Detent the controller in the forward position to extend the rod lock to lock onto the rod.
Move the controller left to open the centralizer while the rod lock is locked. Once the
centralizer is opened, release the controller and it will spring return to the centered
position.
Move the controller right to close the centralizer while the rod lock is locked. Once
the centralizer is closed, release the controller and it will spring return to the centered
position
Detent the controller in the back position to retract and unlock the rod lock.
Move the controller left to open the centralizer while the rod lock is unlocked. Once
the centralizer is opened, release the controller and it will spring return to the
centered position.
Move the controller right to close the centralizer while the rod lock is unlocked. Once
the centralizer is closed, release the controller and it will spring return to the centered
position.
4-21
DRILLING FUNCTIONS CONTROLLER
The Drilling Functions Controller is a three position controller. The Controller in the centered
positon is in the Neutral position. Push the controller forward to activate the FORWARD
ROTATION. Pull the controller back to activate the REVERSE ROTATION.
Slow RPM Button

Press the button on the back of the controller to activate SLOW RPM which is used
for aligning the drill pipe while making up joints or aligning to Rotary Head. Also used
for collaring the hole.
4-22
Breakout Fork Wrench Retract Button

Press the Breakout Fork Wrench Retract Button to retrach the Breakout Fork
Wrench.
Breakout Fork Wrench Extend Button
Press the Breakout Fork Wrench Extend Button to extend the Breakout Fork Wrench.
Dusthood Up Button
Press the Dusthood Up Button to raise the dusthood..
Dusthood Down Button
Press the Dusthood Down Button to lower the dusthood.
4-23
CAROUSEL INDEX SWITCH
The Carousel Index Switch is used to index or turn the carousel, one stop at a time.
Push the Carousel Index Switch to the LEFT to rotate the carousel in a CLOCKWISE direction.
The carousel will rotate and stop with a rod slot ready to fill, or a rod ready to load.
Push the Carousel Index Switch to the RIGHT to rotate the carousel in a COUNTER-
CLOCKWISE direction. The carousel will rotate and stop with a rod slot ready to fill, or a rod
ready to load.
4-24
ROD CHANGER CONTROLLER
The Rod Changer Controller is a seven position (H pattern) joystick that controls the Rod
Clamp and Rod Swing movements of the Rod Changer Gripper Arms. The Rod Changer
Controller is used to load and unload Drill Rod at the Carousel and the Drill String.
The Controller in the centered or neutral position is the Soft Clamp position.
Move the Controller to the right opens the Gripper Clamps.
Move the Controller to the right and then forward opens the Gripper Clamps and then
swings the Gripper Arms into the Carousel.
Move the Controller to the right and then back opens the Gripper Clamps and then
swings the Gripper Arms away from the Carousel.
Move the Controller left closes the Gripper Clamps to Hard Clamp.
Move the Controller left and then forward Hard Clamps the Gripper Clamps and then
swings the Gripper Arms into the Carousel.
Move the Controller left and then back Hard Clamps the Gripper Clamps and then
swings the Gripper Arms away from the Carousel.
4-25
INCLINOMETERS
Inclinometers indicate the longitudinal and transverse ground inclinations. In other words, an
inclinometer measures the slope of the grade the drill is tramming or drilling on. Measuring the
angle of the grade in critical as trying the tram the drill over a grade with too great of an angle
will allow the drill to tip over.
Gradeability Chart
A Gradeability Chart is furnished with each drill and is located on the front glass of the cab next
to the Mainframe Inclinometer. A copy of the chart is also located in the Safety Manual located
in the door of the cab. This chart must be adhered to when moving the drill or drilling a hole.
Study and understand the chart to be familiar with the angle of inclination that is safe and
stable for the drill.
4-26
Mainframe Inclinometer
The Mainframe Inclinometer indicates both longitudinal and transverse ground surface
inclination and is located under the Gradeability Chart on the front of the operator cab. The
Mainframe Inclinometer must be used in concert with the chart to ensure the drill does not tip
over.
Longitudinal tramming refers to a drill tramming up or down an incline. Transverse tramming

refers to a drill tramming across and incline.
4-27
Below are some typical inclinometer interpretations:
4-28
2D Inclinometer
The 2D Inclinometer is an angle indicator that gives a constant reading of the angle of the Drill
Guide at all times. This inclinometer warns the driller when the chassis is about to be overtaken
by the Guide’s angle limits.
There are two main components of the 2D Inclinometer:
Display Unit
Mounted inside the Operator’s Cab ceiling, on the right hand side, the Display Unit
indicates the X and Y Coordinates. The X Coordinate is the angle of the Guide from
front to back. The Y Coordinate is the angle of the Guide from side to side. The Guide
in the vertical position should read X=0 y=0 and should be accurate within 0 to 1
degree in both directions.
Serial Bus Tilt Sensor
The Serial Bus Tilt Sensor is mounted on the drill’s Guide above where the Guide
mounts to the Boom. The Tilt Sensor senses the angle of tilt forward and back, and
from side to side and sends a signal to the digital Display Unit.
4-29
3D Positioning
The 3D Positioning system enables the operator to drill several holes with identical inclinations
and directions along the face. This system constists of a back-lit green LCD display unit in the
operator’s cab, an incline (tilt) sensor that indicates the angle of the drill guide, an aiming
device to set the drill azimuth, an arm encoder to sense deviations of boom angles, and a
Controller Area Network monitoring module that holds the calibrations and monitors the data
viewed on the display in the operator’s cab.
This unique system uses a 2D Inclinometer to set up the desired tilt of the guide for the first
hole. Next, the operator will align the aimer to a fixed point which sets up the azimuth
reference, thus giving the drill 3D Positioning. The hole is ready to be drilled.
As drilling is being performed, automatic detection of rod changes are being monitored.
4-30
4-31
3D Positioning With Depth and Speed

The 3D Positioning Equipped With Depth and Speed system enables the operator to drill
several holes with identical inclinations and a predetermined depth along the face. This system
constists of a back-lit green LCD display unit in the operator’s cab, an incline (tilt) sensor that
indicates the angle of the drill guide, an aiming device to set the drill azimuth, an arm encoder
to sense deviations of boom angles, drilling depth and rate of speed optical encoder, and a
Controller Area Network monitoring module that holds the calibrations and monitors the data
viewed on the display in the operator’s cab.
This unique system uses a 2D Inclinometer to set up the desired tilt of the guide for the first
hole. Next, the operator will align the aimer to a fixed point which sets up the azimuth
reference, thus giving the drill 3D Positioning. Once the drill guide is set up in position, hole
drilling depth and drilling rate of speed are set into the system. The hole is ready to be drilled.
As drilling is being performed, automatic detection of rod changes are being monitored.
Automatic shut-down of drilling at a predetermined depth is another feature of this system.
4-32
4-33
OPERATOR’S SEAT
The Operator’s Seat is designed to give the operator comfort and support for long hours of
drilling while allowing the operator to easily reach all controls within the cab. The seat is
equipped with adjustments for seat position, lumbar support, weight adjustment and tilt angle.
The adjustments are:
Seat Variable Weight Adjustment

Adjusts the seat for the anticipated weight of the operator.
Seat Weight Indicator
Indicates the pre-adjusted weight for the operator.
Seat Tilt Adjustment
Adjusts to allow the whole seat to tilt forward or back.
Chair Back Tilt Adjustement
Adjusts to allow the seat back to tilt forward or back
Lumbar Adjustment
Adjusts the chair back for lower back (lumbar) support.
Chair Front To Back Adjustment
Pull up to slide the chair to the front or back independently of the arm controls.
Control Arms Front To Back Adjustment
Pull up to move the control arms to the front or back.
4-34
FUSE And RELAY PANEL

The Fuse and Relay Panel is located behide the operator’s seat. Tilt the seatback forward to
gain access to the panel.
The Fuse and Relay Panel is divided into four main areas:
• Relay and Breaker Boards

• Fuse Block is not functional or used on 700 series drills
• PLC is set at the factory and cannot be accessed to change its parameters
• Voltage Converter
4-35
RELAY AND BREAKER BOARD
The Relay and Breaker Board consists of 11 Relays and 17 Manual Reset Breakers.
The Relays are devices designed to produce sudden and predetermined changes in one or
more output circuits when certain conditions are fulfilled in the electric input circuits.
The Circuit Breakers are re-usable circuit protection devices that break the circuit if the circuit
experiences a direct short, excessive heat, or a surge in current. Once the breaker “breaks” a
circuit, it can be reset by pushing the button in the center of each breaker.
4-36
CONTROLS MOUNTED ON CEILING OF CAB

The controls mounted on the ceiling of the cab include the Heater and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Controls, Air Vents, Windshield Wiper Controls, Interior and Exterior Lighting Switchs. The
Cab Shade Handle and the Emergency Hammer are also located at the top of the cab.
4-37
Heater and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Controls and Vents

The Heater and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Controls include an ON/OFF Switch, a Fan Speed
Control, and a Temperature Control. The Vents are multi-directional and are adjusted by hand.
Air Conditioner ON/OFF Switch

The Air Conditioner ON/OFF Switch turns the Air Conditioning System on or off.
Air Conditioner and Heater Fan Speed Control
Rotate the Air Conditioner and Heater Fan Speed Control clockwise to increase the
fan speed. Rotate the control counter clockwise to decrease the fan speed.
Air Conditioner and Heater Temperature Control
Rotate the Air Conditioner and Heater Temperature Control clockwise to increase the
cab temperature. Rotate the control counter-clockwise to decrease the cab
temperture.
Multidirectional Air Vents
Manually move the Multidirectional Air Vents to direct the air movement for the
optimum comfort.
4-38
Windshield Wiper/Washer Controls

The Windshield Wiper/Washer Controls command both the wipers and the washer fluid. One
controls the front wiper and washer and the other controls the top wiper and washer. The
Washer Fluid Reservoir is outside the front window.
Front Window Wiper/Washer Control

The Front Window Wiper/Washer Control commands the front windshield wiper.
There are three speeds to this system. The first setting is for delayed wiping; the
second setting is for slow speed wiping; and the third setting is for fast speed wiping.
By pushing the control in, the windshield washer is activated to clean the windshield.
Top Window Wiper/Washer Control
The Top Window Wiper/Washer Control commands the top windshield wiper. There
are three speeds to this system. The first setting is for delayed wiping; the second
setting is for slow speed wiping; and the third setting is for fast speed wiping. By
pushing the control in, the windshield washers will be activated to clean the
windshield.
Washer Fluid Reservoir
The Washer Fluid Reservoir can be filled by removing the cap and filling to about a
3 gallon capacity.
4-39
Exterior Light Switches

The Exterior Lights are Drilling Lights used for drilling at night. Three Drilling Lights are
mounted to the front of the operator’s cab and one Drilling Light is mounted on the back of the
enclosure. Push the top of the rocker switches in to turn the lights on and push the bottom of
the rocker switches in to turn the lights off.
The lights are adjustable and must be adjusted so that they will give the optimum illumination
for drilling operations.
4-40
Interior Lights
The Interior Lights illuminate the operator’s cab to aid the driller when daylight is poor or when
drilling at night. To turn the light on, push on the light. To turn the light off, push on the light
Emergency Hammer
In case of an accident and the operator is trapped inside the cab, use this Emergency Hammer
to break the glass on the cab to escape.
Cab Sunshade
The Cab Sunshade protects the operator from the sun and will help keep down heat inside of
the cab. Pull the edge of the shade forward to extend the shade across the top glass.
4-41
THREAD GREASER PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
The Thread Greaser Push Button Switch is located on the left controller of the operator’s seat.
Depress the Thread Greaser Push Button Switch and hold to spray grease onto the threads
until they are greased evenly and adequately. Release the Thread Greaser Push Button
Switch to stop the grease flow.
4-42
DOOR LATCH CONTROLS

The Door Latch Controls pertain to the Key Lock Door Handle, the Inside Door Release Lever,
and the Outside Door Release Lever.
Key Lock Door Handle

Pull the Key Lock Door Handle to open the door. The Key Lock secures the door from
unauthorized entry.
Inside Door Release Lever
The Inside Door Release Lever releases the door latch from inside the cab when the
door is shut.
Outside Door Release Lever
The Outside Door Release Lever releases the door when the door is completely
open and latched to the side of the cab.
! WARNING
When the door is open, always make sure that it is latched into the
completely open position.
4-43
LUBRICATOR
Oil-laden air from the Lubricator is carried to the Rotary Head to deliver an oil mist which
provides lubrication to all of the critical points in the front end of the Drill String.
The amount of Rock Drill Oil allowed into the air stream can be adjusted with a valve on top of
the Lubricator. To ensure the lubricator is adjusted properly. Loosen the setscrew on the knob
of the valve. Turn the valve all the way IN (clockwise) until it stops. Turn the valve OUT
(counterclockwise) 1 - 1/4 turns. Tighten the setscrew.
! WARNING
Shut down the machine and relieve all internal air pressure before
loosening or removing the Lubricator Fill Cap.
Every five hours of operation check the lubricator oil level. The oil level of the lubricator should
be the at the bottom of the fill neck. When checking or adding, shutdown the machine and
bleed the air pressure. To add rock drill oil to the lubricator, slowly open the fill cap and fill to
the bottom of the fill neck. DO NOT OVERFILL THE RESERVOIR. The lubricator oil reservoir
holds approximately 5 gallons (19 liters) when full. Refer to the Maintenance Section for the
proper type of rock drill oil to be used, and for the proper viscosity of rock drill oil to use during
different weather conditions.
4-44
ENCLOSURE GAUGE PANEL

The Enclosure Gauge Panel is located inside the Left Front Enclosure Door on the operator’s
side of the drill, immediately behind the operator cab. The Gauge Panel includes a gauge for
a Rotary Head Hour Meter. There are three Gauge Ports mounted on the Gauge Panel, as
well as an Emergency Stop Switch.
Hour Meter
The Hour Meter records the Rotary Heads accumulated running time in hours.
Feed Pressure Gauge Port
The Feed Pressure Gauge Port is a quick disconnect port that allows for a gauge to
measure hydraulic pressure at the Feed Pump.
Rotation Pressure Gauge Port
The Rotation Pressure Gauge Port is a quick disconnect port that allows for a gauge
to measure hydraulic pressure at the Rotation Pump.
4-45
Auxillary Pressure Gauge Port

The Auxillary Pressure Gauge Port is a quick disconnect port that allows for a gauge
to measure hydraulic pressure at the Auxillary Pump.
The Emergency Stop Switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel system is
operating. Pushing the emergency stop switch shuts off power to the fuel valve which
stops fuel flow and shuts the engine down. Turning the key switch does the same
thing. All engines are “energized to run”, which means the fuel system must be
energized in order to pump fuel.
NOTICE
All Emergency Stop Switches must be pulled out before the drill will start.
Enclosure Open Door Lock

The Enclosure Open Door Lock will LOCK the door open when door is opened
completely. The slide bar drops into a larger opening locking the door in place until
the slide bar is pushed back up to allow the door to close.
! CAUTION
DO NOT FORCE THE DOOR CLOSED. OPERATE THE DOOOR OPEN
LOCK PRIOR TO CLOSING THE DOOR. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL
RESULT IN DAMAGE OF THE ENCLOURE DOOR.
4-46
LEFT FRONT ENCLOSURE ACCESS

The Left Front Enclosure Door provides access to various controls and to the engine. The
various controls include the Enclosure Light, Engine Fuel Pump Priming Valve, Air
Accessories Connection, and Thread Grease Pump Assembly. The engine oil level dipstick
and filters also accessable here.
Thread Grease Pump Assembly

The Thread Grease Pump Assembly, when activated, pumps thread grease to the
Grease Brush on the Drill Guide. When the Grease Can is empty, the Grease Pump
is removed and attached to a new Grease Can, then remounted into the Enclosure.
Air Accessories Connection
The Air Accessories Connection is used to accommodate tools and equipment that
use air power. A pressure regulator is used to lower the high operating pressure to
the tool operating pressure, usually around 100 psi.
4-47
NOTICE
Do not operate the service air pressure at normal discharge pressure as
most air tools are rated for no more than 100 psi.
Engine Fuel Pump Priming Valve

The Engine Fuel Pump Priming Valve primes the engine fuel system after the drill
has been standing idle for an extended period of time or after fuel filter replacement.
It pumps diesel fuel from the fuel tank to the engine. It can also be used to fill the fuel
filters after filter change.
Enclosure Light
The Enclosure Light illuminates the Enclosure area and is operated by the ON/OFF
switch located on the side of the light. Push the switch in to turn the light on. Push
the switch again to turn the light off.
! CAUTION
4-48
LEFT REAR ENCLOSURE ACCESS

The Left Rear Enclosure Door provides access to Hydraulic Tank Fill Pump and Drain, Air
Cleaner Elements, Dust Collector Regulator.
4-49
Hydraulic Tank Breather and Tank Charge Pressure Gauge

The Hydraulic Tank Breather allows filtered air to move into and out of the tank as
the fluid level moves up and down. If the air moving into the tank exceeds 10 psi, the
air will bypass the filtered area of the breather. Also if the filtered part of the breather
is dirty, the filter will be bypassed. It is important to keep a clean breather/filter on the
tank at all times.
The Charge Pressure Gauge monitors the amount of air pressure in the Hydraulic
Tank. A preset regulator keeps a constant 5 psi air pressure in the Hydraulic Tank
which helps push fluid to the pumps.
Hydraulic Tank Fluid Level Gauge and Low Fluid Sensor
The Hydraulic Tank Fluid Level Gauge monitors the Hydraulic Fluid level and the
temperature of the fluid. The Blue Line at the top of the Level Gauge indicates a full
tank. The Red Line at the bottom of the Level Gauge indicates fluid must be added.
The Thermometer in the center of the Level Gauge measures the temperature of the
fluid in the tank.
The Low Fluid Sensor is located immediately below the Fluid Level Gauge. When the
hydraulic oil in the tank drops to this sensor, the warning light in the operator cab will
light up to warn the fluid needs to be replenished.
Hydraulic Tank Fill Pump
The Hydraulic Tank Fill Pump is a hand pump used to fill the Hydraulic Tank. A hose
from a supply source can be mounted to the bottom of the pump, under the drill’s
frame. Oil is then pumped into the reservoir.
! WARNING
Never open the Hydraulic Reservoir to fill with Hydraulic Oil. ALWAYS fill
the tank with the Hydraulic Tank Fill Pump only.
Dust Collector Regulator

The Dust Collector Regulator is an Air Pressure Regulator/Water Separator that
adjusts the air pressure used for the cleaning cycle of the Dust Collector. The pulse
pressure should be set between 40 to 60 psi (2.8 to 4.2 kg/cm²). Never set the air
pressure regulator to exceed 60 psi (4.2 kg/cm²) as damage to pneumatic
components can occure causing failure. The regulator also removes the moisture
from the air before it goes into the dust collector. A water drain is at the bottom of the
regulator/separator. Drain water from the regulator daily.
4-50

! CAUTION
DO NOT FORCE THE DOOR CLOSED. OPERATE THE DOOR OPEN LOCK
PRIOR TO CLOSING THE DOOR. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN
DAMAGE OF THE ENCLOURE DOOR.
4-51
REAR ENCLOSURE ACCESS

The Rear Enclosure Door provides access to the Battery Cutoff Switch, the Service Air
Regulator and Gauge, and the Emergency Stop Switch.
Service Air Regulator and Gauge

The Service Air Regulator sets the amount of air pressure available at the Service
AIr Quick Disconnect in the Left Front Enclosure Door. The Gauge indicates the
pressure set by the regulator. The pressure at the manufacturer is set to 100 psi,
however, some air accessories may require a slightly higher or lower pressure.
Battery Cutoff Switch
The Battery Cutoff Switch is used to disconnect battery power from the rest of the
drill. Turn the switch right to disconnect the power. Turn the switch left to reconnect
the power. The switch can be lock out when in the OFF position. The manufacturer
recommends the switch be moved to the disconnect position if the drill is being
shipped or if the machine is shutdown for any extended period of time.
4-52

The Emergency Stop Switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel system is
operating. Pushing the emergency stop switch shuts off power to the fuel valve which
stops fuel flow and shuts the engine down. Turning the key switch does the same
thing. All engines are “energized to run”, which means the fuel system must be
energized in order to pump fuel.
NOTICE
All Emergency Stop Switches must be pulled out before the drill will start.

! CAUTION
4-53
DRILLING FLUIDS TANK
The Fill Valve is a ball valve that opens to fill the tank with a solution (for example: Vaposol ®).
The Drain Plug is a pipe plug located at the bottom of the tank.
The Water Tank has a Vent Plug mounted to the top of the tank to allow the tank to breathe
as fluids move from the tank.
The tank utilizes gravity feed to supply fluid to the Injection Pump through the Supply Hose
at the bottom of the tank.
! WARNING
Shut the engine down before performing any maintenance on the tank or
compressor system. Completely bleed off all pressure in the tank before
performing any maintainence to the tank or to the compressor or the
receiver.
Opening the Fill Valve without shutting the machine down, or opening the
valve without bleeding off the air pressure can cause the solution to
spray.
High pressure can cause injury or death.
4-54
DRILLING FLUIDS INJECTION PUMP
The Drilling Fluids Injection Pump is located inside the Left Rear Enclosure Access. When
drilling fluids are needed, the operator sends a signal from the cab to pull fluid from the tank
and push into the downhole air stream.
4-55
SEPARTOR TANK SIGHT GLASS

The Separator Tank Sight Glass is located on the Right Rear Enclosure Access Door. The
Sight Glass indicates the Compressor Oil level in the Separator Tank.
4-56
RIGHT FRONT ENCLOSURE ACCESS

The Right Front Enclosure Door provides access to the Engine’s Lube Oil Filter, Primary Fuel
Filter/Water Separator, Coolant Conditioner Element, and the Fuel Supply.
Lube Oil Filter

The Engine’s Lube Oil Filter is located on the enclosure instead of on the engine for
ease of maintenance.
! WARNING
Hot oil or hot filters can burn. Hot oil and hot filters can cause personal
injury. Do not allow hot oil or hot filters to contact the skin.
Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America have
determined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause
reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion and common
prolonged contact with used engine oil.
Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly.
4-57
Primary Fuel Filter/Water Separator

The Primary Fuel Filter/Water Separator receives fuel from the tank before it goes to
the engine. Any moisture in the fuel is separated here and must be drained
immediately before any engine startups. Any other contaminants are filtered here,
then filtered again at the Secondary Fuel Filter located at the Primer Pump on the
Engine.
! WARNING
Fuel is flammable. May cause serious injury or death. Shut down engine,
extinguish all open flames and do not smoke while draining fuel filters.
Always wipe up any spilled fuel immediately.
Fuel leaked or spilled onto hot surfaces or electrical components can

cause a fire. To help prevent possible injury, turn the start switch off
when changing fuel filters or water separator elements.
NOTICE
The water and sediment may contain petroleum products. Please consult
the local environmental agency for recommended disposal guidelines.
Coolant Conditioner Element

The Coolant Conditioner Element contains a concentrated Supplimental Coolant
Additive (SCA) that helps prevent corrosion, formation of mineral deposits, cavitation
erosion of the cylinder liner, and coolant foaming. When filling or refilling the cooling
system, use a Coolant Conditioner Pre-Charge Element. Use a Coolant Conditioner
Maintenance Element when maintaining the cooling system.
! WARNING
Remove the coolant system pressure cap and close the shutoff valves
before removing the coolant filter. Failure to do so can result in personal
injury from heated coolant spray.
4-58
NOTICE
Use the correct engine coolant filter to maintain correct SCA
(Supplemental Coolant Additive) concentration in the system.
Never use water alone without Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCA) or

without inhibited coolant. Water alone is corrosive at engine operating
temperature. Water alone does not provide adequate protection against
boiling or freezing.
The engine is protected against corrosion of the cooling system by

adding corrosion inhibitor to the coolant. If the engine radiator has been
topped off using only water, the additive content will become diluted and
the risk of corrosion will increase.
Refer to engine instruction manual for further information and

procedures on this important maintenance item.
Fuel Supply Valve

The Fuel Supply Valve is a ball valve that turns on and off the fuel flow from the fuel
tank.
4-59
! CAUTION
4-60
RIGHT REAR ENCLOSURE ACCESS
The Right Rear Enclosure Access Door allows access to the drill’s Batteries. This drill utilizes
four 12 Volt Batteries kept under the rubber protective cover at the bottom of the access.
! CAUTION
When servicing batteries:
• Always wear safety glasses when servicing batteries.

• Connect the ground cable last when installing a battery.
• Battery acid will burn skin, eat holes in clothing and cause blindness if
splashed in the eyes.
• Batteries generate a highly explosive mixture. A spark could ignite these
gases.
• Do not short across batteries. The spark could ignite the gases.
• Keep battery covers in place at all times. Be sure there is no connection
between the battery terminals.
• Remember that SAFETY is ALWAYS.
4-61
DRILL GUIDE EMERGENCY STOP

The Drill Guide Emergency Stop is a safety device used by the operator or helper when
working next to the drill string or the drill guide. In the event of an emergency, pull the wire to
stop the drill.
The Emergency Stop is made up of a Safety Wire, Reset Button, Indicator, and a Limit
Indicator.
Safety Wire
The Safety Wire is a safety device used for operator protection. In the event of an
emergency, pulling the wire will shutdown the machine completely.
Reset Button
The Reset Button is used to reset the switch, after it has been tripped.
Indicator
The Indicator will show Yellow when the switch has been tripped. It is Green in color
during normal operation.
Limit Indicator
The Limit Indicator will show the proper tension of the safety wire to ensure that it will
operate as required.
4-62
FIRE EXTINQUISHERS
The Fire Extinguishers are used to extinguish fire on or around the machine. For operation of
the Fire Extinguishers read the operating instructions located on the Fire Extinguisher.
The Fire Extinguishers are used to extinguish fire on or around the machine. For operation of
the Fire Extinguishers read the operating instructions located on the Fire Extinguisher.
4-63
4-64
SECTION 5 - OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
5-1
Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
5.1 -DRILL OPERATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
! WARNING
drill.
! WARNING
! WARNING
The following operational hints should be observed:
1. Do not speed engine when it is cold.

2. Always chock the tracks if there is a possibility of uncontrolled movement.
3. Do not lubricate the drill while the engine is running.
4. Always perform safety checks prior to starting and using the drill.
5. Do not control propel speed using the engine speed control lever.
6. Always operate the drill at full engine power when drilling or tramming the drill.
7. Use caution when propelling on unstable surfaces where there may be a risk of
overturning or when loading onto a transporter where there is a risk of
overturning.
5-2
SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III
8. Never propel or stop the drill on a slope or surface that is liable to collapse.
9. Never stop the drill against a high wall that is liable to collapse or cause a
crushing risk.
10. Before starting engine, always check to see that the drill/propel mode selector
is in the drill position and both propel control levers and drill feed are at stop
position and that the parking brake is applied.
5-3
WALK AROUND INSPECTION
General Information
Before every shift and prior to starting the CM760D drill, a walk around inspection of the overall
drill should be performed. This is in addition to the 8 or 10 hour daily routine maintenance
procedures. Performance of this inspection can result in longer life and maximum productivity
from the drill.
Check for Hydraulic System Oil Leaks

A careful inspection of all hydraulic components (pumps, motors, valves, hoses, etc.) should
be made to detect possible leaks or any irregularities. This is particularly important when the
drill is new. Drills have been equipped at the factory with a hydraulic oil containing a blue
colored dye which will aid in early detection of leaks.
! WARNING
Hot oil and hot components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hot
oil or hot components to contact the skin.
Check for Compressor System Oil Leaks

A careful inspection of all compressor components (air end, air end pump, valves, hoses,
fittings and filters) should be made to insure there are no compressor oil leaks or any
irregularities. This is particularly important when the drill is new.
! WARNING
High Pressure can cause severe injury or death. Completely relieve
pressure before removing filler plug, fittings or receiver cover.
5-4
Check for Coolant System Leaks

Power pack engine radiators should be checked for leaks. Failure to cool the engine properly
can result in engine failure or severely reduce engine life.
! WARNING
Injury can occur when removing the radiator cap. Steam or fluid escaping
from the radiator can burn. Inhibitor contains alkali. Avoid contact with
skin and eyes. Always shut down the engine and allow it to cool down
before removing the radiator cap. Remove cap slowly to relieve pressure.
Avoid contact with steam or escaping fluid.
Check for Fuel System Leaks

Maintain fuel tanks at a high level to minimize water condensation inside the tank. This is best
accomplished by filling fuel tanks at the end of each day. Check fuel tanks and fuel lines for
possible leaks. Because of the potential fire hazard, leaks must be corrected as soon as they
are spotted.
! WARNING
extinguish all open flames, and do not smoke while filling tank or draining
fuel filters. Always wipe up any spilled fuel.
General Checks
Other general checks should be made at this time for any wear and tear on the drill. Check for
broken or cracked welds, loose or missing bolts, broken or inoperative gauges, or any other
irregularities which could lead to more costly breakdowns.
Frequently walk around the drill and inspect for leaks, loose or missing parts, damaged
parts or parts out of adjustment. Perform all recommended daily maintenance.
5-5
PRE-START INSPECTION
General Information
Before starting the CM760D, a pre-operation inspection of the overall drill is very important.
This inspection should be performed before each shift and at every startup. These are in
addition to the daily routine maintenance. Performance of this inspection can result in longer
life and maximum productivity from the drill.
The following are checks and verifications of the overall drill that should be performed prior to
starting.
Check Engine Lubricating Oil Level

Check the engine oil level by viewing the dipstick. The drill must be level when checking the
oil level to be sure the measurement is correct. Wait at least 5 minutes after shutting off the
engine to check the oil level. This allows time for the oil to drain into the oil pan. If oil level is
low, refer to the instructions given in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.
! WARNING
Hot oil and hot components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hot
oil or hot components to contact the skin.
Check Engine Coolant Level

Check engine coolant level, on low pressure drills, at the radiator cap when the radiator is cool
to the touch. The level should be maintained up to the neck of the filler.
Check engine coolant level, on high pressure drills, on the radiator sight glass. The level
should be maintained so fluid can be seen in the sight glass.
If the coolant level is low, refer to the instructions given in the Maintenance Procedures section
of this manual.
! WARNING
skin and eyes. Always shut down the engine and allow to cool before
removing the radiator cap. Remove cap slowly to relieve pressure. Avoid
contact with steam or escaping fluid.
5-6
Check Fuel Level Check Fuel Level

Check fuel level gauge. The tank should be refilled when the indicator needle moves to below
1/4 tank. Refer to the Maintenance Procedures in the MAINTENANCE Section of this manual.
Select the proper grade of fuel oil in accordance with the instructions given in the Fuel
Specifications section of this manual.
! WARNING
extinguish all open flames, and do not smoke while filling tank. Always
wipe up any spilled fuel.
Drain Fuel Filter / Water Separator

The fuel filter /water separator should be monitored daily for signs of water and sediment. If
water is present, drain the water and sediment from the filters / separators. Refer to the
instructions given in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.
! WARNING
extinguish all open flames, and do not smoke while draining fuel / water
filters. Always wipe up any spilled fuel.
Check Compressor Oil Level

Check the compressor oil level.With the drill in a level position, the oil level should be in the
middle of the sight gauge. If oil is required, follow the instructions in the Maintenance
Procedures section of this manual.
! WARNING
pressure before removing filler plug, fittings or receiver cover. Hot oil or
components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or components.
5-7
Drain Water from Receiver Tank

When compressing air, water will condense in the receiver tank and mix with the compressor
oil. If allowed to accumulate, the water will significantly reduce bearing life. Follow the
instructions in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual and relieve water from the
system.
! WARNING
High Pressure can cause severe injury or death. Do not attempt to remove
any plugs or open the drain valve before making sure all air pressure has
been relieved from the system. Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid
contact with hot oil or components.
Check the Batteries

Check the battery posts and cables for corrosion. Check and keep the electrolyte levels above
the battery plates or to the bottom of the fill holes. Refer to the Maintenance Procedures
section of this manual.
! WARNING
Batteries contain an acid and can cause injury. Battery fumes can ignite
and explode. Do not smoke when observing battery fluid level. Skin and
eye contact with battery fluid can cause injury. Avoid skin and eye
contact with battery fluid. If contact occurs, flush area immediately with
water.
Check Pump Drive Gearbox Oil Level

Check the oil level in the Pump Drive Gearbox and maintain it to the “FULL” level indicated on
the dipstick. Refer to the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.
! WARNING
Rotating Shaft can cause severe injury or death. Do not operate with
guard removed. Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hot
oil or components.
5-8
Check the Hydraulic Oil Level

The hydraulic oil level should be checked by the sight gauge on the hydraulic tank.
The oil level in the hydraulic tank depends on the extended or retracted positions of the
hydraulic cylinders. It is important to follow the directions in the Maintenance Procedures
section of this manual when reading the level gauge:
1. The oil level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted, tower down, jacks up and
rotary head at the top of the tower should be between the FULL mark and the
MINIMUM mark on the sight gauge.
2. The top of the oil level MUST be visible when the engine is running AND when
the engine is stopped. There must be oil showing on the gauge at all times.
Add oil to bring to levels defined above by following directions in the Maintenance Procedures
Select the proper grade of oil in accordance with information given in the Lube Specifications
! CAUTION
Excessive hydraulic oil can rupture the sealed hydraulic tank and cause
injury or property damage. Do not fill hydraulic tank with hydraulic
cylinders extended. Retract all cylinders and fill tank to indicated level.
NOTICE
Dirt in the hydraulic system will lead to premature component failure. A
clean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the drill’s
proper function.Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulic
system to ensure its complete cleanliness. When operating, the oil level
must be between the maximum and minimum.
5-9
Keep Operator’s Areas Clean

Make sure the operator’s areas, steps and grab rails are clean. Oil, grease, snow, ice or mud
in these areas can cause you to slip and fall. Clean your boots of excess mud before getting
on the drill.
Remove all personal items or other objects from the operator’s area. Secure these items in a
tool box or remove them from the drill.
Before starting the drill, a check to verify that the Warning Lights, Backup Alarm and
Emergency Stop controls are functioning properly is very important. This inspection should be
performed before each shift and at every startup.
! CAUTION
Any drill defects should be reported to the proper personnel. Defects
must be corrected before starting and operating the drill.
5-10
ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM OPERATION

1. When power is first applied to the PowerView (monitoring system), the display
“Logo” appears.
2. The “Wait to Start” message will be displayed for engines with a pre--startup
sequence. Once the “Wait to Start” message is no longer displayed the
operator may start the engine. Note: Displays only when SAE J1939 message
is supported by engine manufacturer.
3. Once the engine has started the single engine parameter is displayed.
Main Menu Navigation
1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display, touch “Menu”.
2. The first seven items of the “MainMenu”will be displayed. Touching the

“ArrowButtons”will scroll through the menu selection.
5-11
3. Touching the right arrow button will scroll down to reveal the last items of “Main
Menu” screen highlighting the next item down.
4. Touch the “Arrows” to scroll to the desiredmenu itemor touch “Menu” to exit the
Main menu and return to the engine parameter display.
Selecting A Language
1. Starting at the main menu display use the “Arrows” to scroll to the “Language”
menu and once highlighted touch the “Enter” button.
5-12
2. The language choices will be displayed. Use the “Arrow” buttons to scroll
through the selections and touch “Enter” to make a selection.
3. Now that the language has been selected, touch the “Menu” button to return to
the main menu display.
Stored Fault Codes
1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display touch the “Menu” button.
2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll
through the menu until the “Stored Fault Codes” is highlighted.
5-13
3. Once the “Stored Fault Codes” menu has been highlighted touch the “Enter”
button to view the “Stored Fault Codes”.
4. If the word “More” appears above the “Arrow Buttons” there are more stored
fauld codes that may be viewed. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll to the next
Stored Diagnostic Code.
5-14
5. Touch the “Menu Button” to return to the main menu.
6. Touch the “Menu Button” to exit the main menu and return to the engine
parameter display
Engine Configeration Data
1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display, touch the “Menu
Button”.
5-15
through the menu until the “Engine Configuration” is highlighted.
3. Once the “Engine Configuration” menu item has been highlighted, touch the
“Enter Button” to view the engine configuration data.
4. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll through the engine configuration data.
5-16
6. Touch the ”Menu Button” to exit the main menu and return to the engine
parameter display.
5-17
FAULTS AND WARNINGS
Auxiliary Gauge Fault
1. During normal operation, the single or four parameter screen will be displayed.
2. The PVA Series of auxiliary gauges can be attached to the PowerView. These
auxiliary gauges communicate with the Modbus master PowerView via a daisy-
chained RS-485 port. If at any time during system initialization or normal
operation an auxiliary gauge should fail, the single or four parameter screen will
be replaced with the “MLink Gage Fault” message.
5-18
3. To achknowledge and “Hide” the fault and return to the single or four parameter
display, touch the “Enter Button”.
4. The display will return to the single or four parameter screen.
5-19
5. Touching the “Enter Button” will redisplay the hidden fault. Touching the “Enter
Button” once again will hide the fault and return the screen to the single or four
parameter display.
NOTE: The fault can only be cleared by correcting the cause of the fault
condition.
5-20
Active Fault Codes
1. During normal operation the single or four parameter screen will be displayed.
2. When the PowerView receives a fault code from an engine control unit the
single or four parameter screen will be replaced with the “Active Fault Codes”
message.
3. The word “MORE” appears above the “Arrow Buttons” there are more active
fault codes that may be viewed. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll to the next
“Active Fault Code”.
5-21
4. To acknowledge and “Hide” the fault and return to the single or four parameter
display touch the “Enter Button”.
5. The display will return to the single or four parameter display, but the display
will contain the “Active Fault” warning icon. Touching the “Enter Button” will
redisplay the hidden fault.
6. Touching the “Enter Button” once again will hide the fault and return the screen
to the single or four parameter display.
5-22
7. The single or four parameter screen will display the fault icon until the fault
condition is corrected.
NOTE: Ignoring active fault codes could result in severe engine damage.
5-23
Shutdown Codes
1. During normal operation the single or four parameter screen will be displayed.
2. When the PowerView receives a severe fault code from an engine control unit
the single or four parameter screen will be replaced with the “Shutdown!”
message.
3. To acknowledge and “Hide” the fault and return to the single or four parameter
display touch the “Enter Button”.
5-24
4. The display will return to single or four parameter dispaly, but the display will
contain the “Shut Down” icon. Touching the “Enter Button” will redisplay the
hidden fault.
5. Touching the “Enter Button” once again will “Hide” the fault and return the
screen to the single or four parameter display.
6. The single or four parameter screen will display the fault icon until the fault
condition is corrected
NOTE: Ignoring active fault codes could result in severe engine damage.
5-25
Back light Adjustment
1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display touch the “Menu Button”.
through the menu until the “Adjust Backlight” is lighted.
3. Once the “Adjust Backlight” menu item has been highlighted touch the “Enter
Button” to activate the “Adjust Backlight” function.
5-26
4. Use the “Arrow Button” to select the desired backlight intensity.
6. Touch the “Menu Button” to exit the Main Menu and return to the engine
parameter display.
5-27
Contrast Adjustment
Button”.
through the menu until “Adjust Contrast” is highlighted.
3. Once the “Adjust Contrast” menu item has been highlighted touch the “Enter
Button” to activate the “Adjust Contrast” function.
5-28
4. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to select the desired contrast intensity.
5. Touching the “Menu Button” will take you back through the menus.
5-29
Select Units
1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display touch the “Menu Button”.
2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the arrow buttons to scroll
through the menu until the “Select Units” is highlighted.
3. Once the “Select Units” menu item has been highlighted, touch the “Enter
Button” to access the “Select Units” function
5-30
4. Use the arrows to highlight the desired units. “English” ro Imerial units i.e. PSI,
°F or Metric kPa, Metric Bar for IS units i.e. kPa, Bar, °C.
5. Touch the “Enter Button” to select the highlighted units.
6. Touch the “Menu Button” to return to the “Main Menu”.
5-31
7. Touch the “Menu Button” to exit the Main menu and return to the engine
parameter display.
5-32
Setup 1-Up Display
1. Starting at the single engine parameter display, touch the “Menu Button”.
through the menu until the “Setup 1-up Display” is highlighted.
3. Once the “Setup 1-up Display” menu item has been highlighted touch the
“Enter Button” to access the “Setup 1-up Display” function.
5-33
4. Three positions are available for modification of the 1-Up display.
a. Use Defaults - This option contains a set of engine parameters: Engine

Hours, Engine RPM, System Voltage, Battery Voltage, Percent Engine
Load at Current RPM, Coolant Temperature, Oil Pressure.
b. Custom Setup - This option allows for the modification of what parameter,
the number of parameters, and the order in which the parameters are being
displayed.
c. Automatic Setup - Selecting the scan function will cause the 1-Up Display
to scroll through the selected set of parameters one at a time, momentarily
pausing at each.
5. Use Defaults - To select “Use Defaults” use the arrow buttons to scrolll to and
highlight “Use Defaults” in the menu display.
6. Touch the “Enter Button” to activate the “Use Defaults” function.
5-34
7. A message indicating the “Single Engine” parameter display parameters are

reset to the factory defaults will be displayed, then the display will return to the
“Custom Setup” menu.
8. Custom Setup - To perform a custom setup of the 1-Up Display, use the arrow
buttons to scroll to and highlight “Custom Setup” on the display.
9. Touching the “Enter Button” will display a list of engine parameters.
5-35
10. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll to and highlight a selected parameter
(parameter with a # symbol to the right of it).
11. Touch the “Enter Button” to deselect the selected parameter removing it from
the list of parameters being displayed on the 1-UP Display.
12. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll and highlight the disired parameter that has
not been selected for display.
5-36
13. Touch the “Enter Button” to select the highlighted paremeter for inclusion in the
single engine parameter display.
14. Continue to scroll and select additional parameters for the custom 1-Up
Display. Touch the “Menu Button” at any time to return to the “Custom Setup”
menu.
15. Automatic Scan - Selecting the scan function will cause the 1-Up Display to
scroll through the selected set of parameters one at a time. Use the “Arrow
Buttons” to scroll to the “Automatic scan” function.
5-37
16. Touching the “Enter Button” toggles the “Automatic Scan” function on.
17. Touching the “Enter Button” again toggles the “Automatic Scan“ function off.
18. Once the “Use Defaults”, “Custom Setup” and “Automatic Scan” functions have
been set, touch the “Menu Button” to return to the main menu.
5-38
parameter display.
5-39
Setup 4-Up Display
1. From the single or four engine parameter display, touch the “Menu Button”.
through the menu until the “Setup 4-Up Display” is highlighted.
3. Once the “Setup 4-Up Display” menu item has been highlighted, touch the
“Enter Button” to activate the “Setup 4-Up Display” menu.
5-40
4. Touch the “Enter Button” to activate the “Use Defaults” function. This action will
reset the unit to the factory default.
5. The “Use Defaults” screen will be dispalyed during the reseting period then will
automatically return to the “Setup 4-Up Display” menu.
6. Select the “4-Up Custom Setup” from the “4-Up Setup” menu.
5-41
7. The quadrant with the backlit parameter value is the current selected
parameter. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to highlight the paremeter value in the
quadrant you wish to place a new paremeter.
8. Touch the “Enter Button” and a list of parameters will appear.
9. The parameter that is highlighted is the selected parameter for the screen. Use
the “Arrow Buttons” to highlight the new parameter to be placed in the
quandrant selected in the previous screen.
5-42
10. Touch the “Enter Button” to change the selected parameter in the quandrant to
the new parameter.
11. Use the “Menu Button” to return to the “4-Up Custom Setup” screen.
12. The parameter in the selected quadrant has changed to the parameter selected
in the previus screen.
13. Repeat the parameter selection process until all spaces are filled.
5-43
parameter display.
5-44
Utilities (Information and Troubleshooting)
Button”.
2. The main menu will be displayed. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll through the
menu until the “Utilities” is highlighted.
3. Once the “Utilities” menu item has been highlightreed, touch the “Enter Button”
to activate the “Utilities” functions.
5-45
4. Touch “Select” to enter the “Gage Data” display. When “Gage Data” is selected
the PowerView will communicate with the analog gauges at a fixed rate of 38.4k
Baud, 8 data bits, no parity check, 1 stop bits, half duplex.
5. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll through the items or touch “Menu” to return to
the “Utilities” menu.
6. Touch “Menu Button” to return to the “Utilities” menu.
5-46
7. Use the “Arrows” to highlight “Remove All Gages”. Touch “Select” to clear the
gage data from memory. It takes a moment to clear all gages.
8. When the gage data has cleared, the display automatically returns to the
“Utilities” menu. Scroll to “Software Version”. Touch “Select” to view the
software version currently in the PowerView.
9. Touch “Menu” to return to “Utilities”. Highlight “Fault Conversion” using the

“Arrows”. Touch “Select” to enter the Fault conversion menu.
5-47
10. Use the “Arrows” to scroll to and highlight the desired version then touch
“Select”. An asterisk denotes which version is currently selected. NOTE: There
are four(4) different methods for converting fault codes. The PowerView always
looks for J1939 Version 4 and can be set to read the code as one of three (3)
other J1939 versions if Version 4 is not being used. Most engine ECU’s use
Version 4, therefore in most cases adjustment of this menu option will not be
required.
Upon receiving an unrecognizable fault, change to a different J1939 Version. If
the fault SPN does not change when the version is changed, the ECU
generating the fault is using Fault Conversion method 4. If the SPN number
does change but is still unrecognizable, try changing to another J1939 Version
not yet used and continue to check the SPN number.
11. Touch the “Menu” button to return to “Utilities” menu. Touch the “Menu” button
again to return to the “Main” menu.
5-48
MODBUS Setup
1. Starting at the single or four engine paramenter display, touch the ”Menu
button”.
2. The main menu will be displayed. Use the “Arrow buttons” to scroll through the
menu until the “Utilities” is highlighted, the touch “Enter”.
3. Once in the “Utilities” menu use the “Arrows” to scroll through the menu until
the “MODBus Setup” menu is highlighted, then touch “Enter”.
4. Use the “Arrows” to scroll down to and highlight either the “Slave Active or
Master Active” modes. Touch the “Enter” button to toggle between master and
5-49
slave.
5. Use the “Arrows” to scroll to the “Serial Port” menu to highlight it, then touch
“Enter”.
6. Use the “Arrow” button to scroll to each selection to configure the MODBUS
values for your application.
7. When finished, touch “Menu” to return to the previous screen.
5-50
SAE J1939 MurphyLink System Implementation of J1939 Paramenters
5-51
Glossary (Troubleshooting Information)
CANBUS FAILURE
PowerView has not received any CAN messages for at least 30 seconds.
NO DATA
PowerView has not received the particular message being displayed for at least 5
seconds.
NOT SUPPORTED
PowerView has received a message from the ECU stating the displayed message is
not supported.
DATA ERROR
PowerView has received an error message from the ECU for the displayed message.
EMPTY
No parameter selected for this 4-Up quadrant.
WAIT TO START PREHEATING
This is a message from the engine indicating it is in a preheating cycle. Wait until this
message clears before starting the engine.
TIMEOUT ECU NOT RESPONDING
The ECU did not respond to the PowerView request.
NO GAGE DATA
The PowerView has no record of connected gages to the RS485 bus.
DISPLAY NOT VISIBLE
Press and hold the “Menu” button for approximately 3 seconds.
ENGINE STARTING
General Information
! WARNING
drill.
5-52
! WARNING
Before starting engine or beginning to move drill, check inside, outside and underneath drill for
people or obstructions.
Check for warnings or Lockout tags on the controls. If there is a tag attached to the switch, do
not start the engine until the warning tag has been removed by the person who installed it.
START the engine from the Main Control Console Panel only.
! WARNING
Do not start the engine unless the hydraulic tank is full. Hydraulic pump
damage will occur if operated without oil. Ensure the tank is properly
filled.
! WARNING
Do not start the machine on a grade greater than 35 degrees.
5-53
Normal Starting Procedure
1. Move all hydraulic controls, switches, etc. to the “OFF”, neutral or minimum flow
position.
2. Pull the Emergency Stop switch out.

3. Move the Engine Idle switch to the LOW position.
4. Turn the Drill/Start/Tram Selection Switch to the Start position
5. Push the Horn Button to warn persons on the ground the drill is about to start.
5-54
6. The Engine Ingition Power Switch turns on all electrical power to the engine
and controls starting, stopping and run operations. Turn the key clockwise one
stop to turn “ON” the electrical power to the engine and controls. Turn and hold
the key one more stop clockwise to start the drill. Once the engine starts,
release the key and it will spring return to the “ON” position.
If the engine does not start in about 30 seconds, release the key and turn to the
“OFF” position, then turn the key to clockwise one stop to turn “ON” power, then
turn and hold the key one more stop clockwise until the engine starts, then
release the key.
NOTICE
Do not engage the starter motor solenoid longer than 30 seconds at a
time or it will overheat and burn up the starter motor. If the engine does
not start, WAIT 3 minutes to allow the starter to cool before trying again.
NOTICE
In the event of an emergency while starting the drill, push the Emergency
Stop switch to stop the engine.
7. Allow the engine to idle for a minimum of five minutes to allow for proper engine
warm up.
! CAUTION
THE HYDRAULIC OIL MUST BE WARMED TO A MINIMUM
TEMPERATURE OF 100F (38C) BEFORE ENGAGING THE ROTARY HEAD
IN FULL DRILLING POWER. FAILURE TO PROPERLY WARM HYDRAULIC
OIL BEFORE ENGAGING FULL DRILLI8NG POWER COULD RESULT IN
DAMAGE TO THE ROTARY HEAD.
5-55
Stopping The Engine

Use the following sequence to properly shut down the machine:
1. Move the Engine Speed switch to the LOW position.

2. The TRAM/START/DRILL Selection Switch should be in the Start position
before shutting the down the drill.
3. Allow the engine to idle at LOW Idle for five minutes. This allows the engine to
cool down as well as permitting foam to dissipate from the oil in the receiver.
4. Turn the Engine Ignition Power Switch to the OFF position.
5-56
TRAMMING THE DRILL
General Information
! WARNING
drill.
! WARNING
5-57
Tramming Proceedure
5-58
! CAUTION
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO TRAM THE MACHINE UNLESS YOU ARE
THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL CONTROLS AND INDICATORS OF
THIS MACHINE.
Before tramming, position the drill guide to clear all obstacles, while
maintaining stability.
1. Place the drill guide in a horizontal position, high enough to clear the ground
and low enough to clear all obstacles, such as power lines.
2. Move both the Right-Hand and Left-Hand Oscillation Lock Switches to the
UNLOCKED position.
! CAUTION
Both Oscillation Lock Switches must be UNLOCKED when tramming the
drill. When tramming over uneven terrain, the Oscillation Cylinders must
be allowed to interact hydraulically to maintain stability to the drill.
3. Move the DRILL/START/TRAM SWITCH to the TRAM position.

4. If the machine is to be trammed on a flat level surface, place the engine IDLE
HIGH/LOW SWITCH to the HIGH position. If trammed over a rough terrain,
move the switch to the LOW position.
5-59
! WARNING
Do not start or tram the machine on a grade greater than 35 degrees.
5. Push the Horn Button to warn persons on the ground that the machine is about
to move.
6. Move the Tram Control to move the machine to the desired position.
a.To tram forward, push the control away from the operator.
b.To tram in reverse, pull control toward the operator.
c.To make a right forward turn, push the control to the forward, righthand
position.
d.To make a left forward turn, push the control to the forward, lefthand position.
e.To make a right reverse turn, pull the control back and to the left.
f.To make a left reverse turn, pull the control back and to the right.
! WARNING
Machine rollover can cause severe injury or death. Position the boom and
guide uphill side and lowered position when crossing sloped terrain.
! WARNING
DO NOT TRAM THE MACHINE ON A GRADE GREATER THAN WHAT IS
SHOWN ON THE GRADEABILITY CHART DECAL ON THE FRONT
WINDSHIELD OF THE MACHINE.
5-60
TOWING THE DRILL
General Towing Information
! CAUTION
Do no attempt to tow the machine unless you are thoroughly familiar with
all controls and indicators of this machine.
Before towing, position the drill guide and boom to clear all obstacles,
while maintaining stability.
These towing instructions are for moving a disabled drill a short distance, only a few meters
(feet) at a low speed not faster than 2 km/h (1.2mph), to a convenient repair location.These
instructions are for emergencies only. Always haul the drill on a transporter if long distance
moving is required.
Shielding must be provided on the towing machine to protect the operator if the tow line or bar
should break.
Do not allow the operator, or any other personnel, on the drill when it is being towed.
Before towing, make sure the towline or bar is in good condition and has sufficient strength for
the towing situation involved. Use a towing line or bar with a strength of at least 1.5 times the
gross weight of the towing machine for towing a disabled drill stuck in mud or when towing on
a grade.
Attach cable to towing lugs on the frame.
5-61
Do not used a chain for towing. A chain link can break, causing possible personal injury. Use
a wire rope cable with loop or ring ends. Use an observer in a safe position to stop the towing
procedure if the cable starts to break or unravel. Stop towing whenever the pulling machine
moves without moving the towed drill.
Keep the towline angle to a minimum. Do not exceed 30 degree angle from the straight ahead
line of travel.
Sudden machine movement could overload the tow line or bar and cause premature
breakage. Gradual and smooth acceleration will minimize breakages of towing components.
Normally, the towing machine should be as large as the disabled drill and have sufficient
braking capacity, weight and power to control both the machine and the disabled drill for the
grade and distance involved. To provide sufficient control and braking when moving the
disabled drill downhill, a larger towing machine or additional tandem connected machines
could be required. This will prevent a runaway or uncontrolled towing operation.
All the different situation requirements cannot be given here. Capacities range from minimal
towing machine capacity required on smooth, level surfaces and increases to maximum
capacity required on inclines and poor surface conditions.
5-62
Towing Preparation
1. Place the drill guide in a horizontal position, high enough to clear the ground
and low enough to clear all obstacles, such as power lines.
2. Attach the drill to an appropriate towing vehicle using appropriate cable which
can be secured in position at the towing lugs on the drill.
! WARNING
Do not used a chain for towing. A chain link can break, causing possible
personal injury.
3. Block tracks to prevent any movement before releasing brakes or before

disconnecting the final gear train. The drill can roll free if it is not blocked.
4. Turn ignition switch on and move the oscillation lock switches to the unlocked
position. Leave ignition switch on while towing the drill.
5-63
Disengaging the Final Drive

The Final Drive (Transmission) is fitted with a disengaging gear. The disengaging gear is used
to change the transmission into neutral, i.e. the motor and transmission are disengaged while
releasing the brake. This neutral position is of special importance when the machine is to be
towed at higher speeds, over longer distances, or without actuating the hydraulics.
The transmission must be protected from undue heating during travelling.
Undercarriages with drive units that are fitted with parking brakes cannot be moved when the
hydraulic system is not functioning. For this reason, it is possible to fit the undercarriage with
and unlocking mechanism
Prior to disengaging the undercarriage for towing, the drill must be on level ground, if possible,
and completely secured from any movement, i.e. via a tow bar connected to the towing vehicle
or chocking the tracks. The drill must not be moved unless secured to prevent a runaway.
Ensure the disengagement process is only performed with the drill standing still.
Disengaging the final drive allows the drill to be towed. In other words, the gear box and the
hydraulic motor are disengaged from the track when the disengagement mechanism is
activated. Disengaging the final drive allows the drill to be towed.
! WARNING
The integrated parking brake in the final drive will not function when the
final drive is disengaged. Only disengage final drives when the drill is
NOT moving.
! WARNING
The gearbox temperature must be checked before any work is done. A
recently operated gearbox may be hot and may cause injury.
! DANGER
Death or personal injury can result from improperly towing a disengaged
drill.
5-64
1. Thoroughly clean the area around the final drive prior to disengaging the final
drive. Ensure the track shoes above the final drive are clean. No dirt, debris or
other contaminates should be allowed to enter the gear drive.
2. Remove the hex head bolts that secure the shift sleeve plate in place.
3. Turn the plate over and re-install while pressing in the pinion. Re-install the two
bolts and tighten them. Torque the bolts to 260 “43 IN. LBS. (29.4 “4.90 NSm).
5-65
Re-engaging the FInal Drive

After the drill has been towed, the final drive will need to be re-engaged.
! WARNING
ATTENTION! To avoid damage of gear teeth, it is absolutely necessary
that disengagement and re-engagement is carried out with the machine
at a standstill.
1. Thoroughly clean the area around the final drive prior to re-engaging the final
drive. Ensure the track shoes above the final drive are clean. No dirt, debris or
other contaminates should be allowed to enter the gear drive.
2. Remove the hex head bolts that secure the shift sleeve plate in place.
3. Turn the plate over and re-install. Re-install the two bolts and tighten them.
Torque the bolts to 260 “43 IN. LBS. (29.4 “4.90 NSm).
4. Start the drill and slowly operate the tram controls to ensure the pinions are re-
engaged.
It is now safe to disconnect the towing devices.
5-66
UNLOADER SYSTEM
General Information
The Compressor’s Unloader System regulates the air system pressure. The HI side of the
Unloader System is set at the factory at 350 psi (24.133 BAR). the LOW side of the Unloader
System is set at the factory at 250 psi (17.238 BAR). The system must not be tampered with
or adjusted unless absolutely necessary. Be aware that high air pressures are dangerous and
should be treated with the utmost respect and caution.
! WARNING
pressure before adjusting the compressor’s unloading system.
Use the following proceedure to adjust the Unloader System. The engine must be OFF (Not
Running) to setup for the proceedure.
1. Unscrew the High Pressure Regulator adjustment screw.
5-67
2. Adjust the Low Pressure Regulator valve to near the mid point.
3. Add 1000 psi pressure gauge to the gauge port.
4. Start Engine.
5. Wait till System Air reaches 45 psi system pressure and engine cooling water
temperature reaches operating temperature.
6. Switch HIGH/LOW Air Pressure Toggle Switch on the lerft hand drill joystick to
HIGH pressure position.
7. Switch to Drill Mode (Compressor will load).
8. Adjust the High Pressure Regulator adjustment screw until system pressure
reaches 350 psi (24.133 Bar), then secure the lock nut on the regulator valve.
9. Switch HIGH/LOW Air Pressure Toggle Switch to the LOW Pressure position.
10. Adjust the Low Pressure Regulator adjustment screw to desired Low Pressure
(factory set at 250 psi [17.238 Bar]). Secure the lock nut on the Low Pressure
Regulator.
11. Switch the Drill/Tram Selection Switch to the Neutral Position.
12. Shut down the engine after idlintg engine for 2 minutes.
13. Remove the pressure gauge, then cap off the port.
5-68
WATER INJECTION SYSTEM

The Water Injection System is used to suppress dust in the drilling process.
The Water Injection Controls includes the Water Injection ON/OFF Control and the Water In-
jection Flow Control. These are located on the right side of the operator.
The ON/OFF control injects a regulated quantity of water/detergent mix into the drill air stream
to aid in collaring dust prevention and to suppress dust created by the drilling operation.
The metering valve adjusts the flow rate of water/detergent mix (for example, Vaposol®) into
the air stream as an aid when collaring and when drilling without the dust collector on which
prevents dust in the hole. Rotate the valve counterclockwise to increase or clockwise to
decrease the water flow rate into the air line after the Full Blow Air Toggle is pushed in when
setting the fluid flow. Adjust the metering valve as needed while drilling.
To use the Water Injection System during any drilling operation:
1. Be sure the Water Injection Tank is filled with the water and detergent mixture.
! WARNING
Shut down the machine before opening the Water Injection Tank fill valve.
SLOWLY open the fill valve to bleed (release) internal pressure.
5-69
The drill must be shut down before opening the Water Injection Tank Fill Valve.
If the drill is not shut down, air pressure will continue to enter the tank and fluid
in the tank will spray out when the Fill Valve is open.
Ensure the Drain Plug is in place and tightened prior to filling the tank. Ensure
the Breather Plug is unobsctructed and clear to allow air to escape the tank as
the tank is being filled. Once the tank is filled, close the Fill Valve.
2. Turn the Water Injection ON/OFF Control to the “ON” position.

3. Once the operator has initiated the Blow Air Stream during the drilling
operation, the operator may adjust the Water Injection Metering Valve to get the
proper dampness into the hole.
5-70
DUST COLLECTOR SYSTEM
General Information
The Dust Collector/Rod Changer Controller on the Side Control Panel turns on the Dust
Collector system when pushed forward. Push the control left allows for Collaring Air With Dust
Collector. Pushing the control forward will activate Full Air Flow With Dust Collector.
The Dust Collector provides a suction through the Separator and to the Pick-Up Pot where
dust and dirt is picked up and moved through the Separator. At the Separator, the larger
pieces of debris is collected and dropped onto the ground. The finer dust and dirt moves to the
Dust Collector and is then deposited onto the ground behind the drill and away from the hole
being drilled.
5-71
When drilling through overburden, there is a risk of blockages in the suction hose between the
Separator and the Pick-up Pot due to the concentration of heavy and dense material. If
blockage occurs, shut the Dust Collector off and remove the suction hose from the Pick-Up
Pot outlet, let the heavy and dense material fall out of the hose, then remove, by hand if
necessary, any blockages in the suction hose.
If continual water is noticed in the hole, you should stop the dust collector. If water is not
noticed in the hole and filters become clogged with dust and water, then remove the filters and
allow them to dry.
Before drilling
1. Check that the dust hood seal to the pickup hood is correctly sealing around
the drill steel. Change the dust hood seal if damaged.
2. Check the pickup hood and suction hoses for any blockages.
3. Check the suction hose for sharp bends or crushed areas that can prevent it
from supporting itself or blocking air flow.
5-72
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEMS
General Information
The Emergency Shutdown Systems are safety systems used to immediately stop all functions
of the drill in case of an emergency. There are two types of systems on this drill. One is the
Emergency Stop Switches. The other is the Drill Guide Emergency Shutdown.
Emergency Shutdown Switches
There are three Emergency Stop Switches located around the drill within easy reach. One is
located on the right hand side panel next to the operator’s seat. Another is located in the Left
Front Enclosure Access Door. The third switch is inside the Rear Enclosure Access Door.
The Emergency Stop Switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel system is energized.
If the light goes out, it normally means that the engine fuel system is not operating. Pushing
the Emergency Stop Switch shuts off power to the fuel valve which stops fuel flow and shuts
the engine down. Turning the key switch does the same thing. All engines are “energized to
run”,which means the fuel system must be energized in order to pump fuel.
5-73
Drill Guide Emergency Stop
The wire is a safety device used for operator protection. In the event of an emergency, pulling
the wire will shutdown the machine. If the switch has been tripped it will show a bright yellow
flag in the indicator window. It is dark in color during normal operation. Use the RESET Button
to reset the switch, after is has been tripped.
5-74
RE-PINNING THE GUIDE

The drill’s guide has a maximum swing of 20 degrees right and 90 degrees left, making the
drill suitable for right hand low tow hole applications. The Guide can be Re-Pinned to give 20
degrees left and 90 degrees right swing if needed.
This is a Two (2) Man proceedure. The proceedure to RE-PIN the guide is as follows:
NOTICE
Atlas Copco suggests the persons doing the Re-Pinning call the
Customer Service representative to ensure everyone understands the
proceedure and safety concerns involved with changing the drill.
! WARNING
Clear communication must be established between the Operator and the
Helper to prevent accidents, injury or damage to persons or equipment.
1. Place the drill guide horizontally as done when tramming the drill. Raise the drill
guide slightly off of the guide rest as the guide may have to be moved around
a little when removing and inserting the pin.
5-75
2. Use a ladder to access the Safety Pin secured to the guide near the guide pivot
pinning.
3. After removing the Safety Pin from the guide, the Operator must slowly move
(feather) the Guide Swing Control in the cab while the Helper watches for the
Guide Safety Pinning holes to align. Insert the Safety Pin in place and secure
it with the bolt.
! WARNING
Once the Safety Pin is secured, do not move the Guide again until the
swing cylinder has been repinned. Moving the Guide can cause damage
to the guide swing cylinder mounts.
4. Unpin the Rod End of the Guide Swing Cylinder from the mount.
5. The Helper must have the Operator slowly extend the cylinder until the rod end
of the cylinder aligns with the new mounting hole.
! CAUTION
Use great caution when extending the Guide Swing Cylinder. Keep hands
and tools out of the cylinder’s path of travel.
6. Install the Guide Swing Cylinder Pin into the new pin location on the mount
bracket.
7. Remove the securing bolt from the Safety Pin and remove the Safety Pin. Put
the Safety Pin back into the Storage Position and secure it with the bolt.
5-76
8. The Helper must SPOT (watch) the Operator slowly move the drill guide into
new angle positions. The Helper must watch to ensure the hoses and wiring
harnesses can move to these new positions without damage to hoses or wiring.
! WARNING
Do not assume the wiring or hoses will be ready to go into these new
positions as the drill is set up at the manufacturer facility to operate in the
normal mode and not tested for the new positions. Some wire ties and
hose length may need adjusting to accommodate these new positions.
5-77
DRILLING PROCEDURE
General Setup
! WARNING
before you operate the drill.
! WARNING
! CAUTION
Before tramming, position the drill guide to clear all obstacles, while
maintaining stability.
! WARNING
Prior to moving the drill or loading the drill with rods, the operator and all
ground personnel must confer and agree on the meanings of any and all
signals and signs to each other. (i.e. if the operator uses the horn for a
signal, the operator and ground personnel must agree what that signal
means.)
5-78
The CM760D uses the standard Drill Pipe to drill holes, assisted by a Starter Pipe. The Starter
Pipe rides in the boom, ready to drill and the Drill Pipe sit in the Carousel with the male threads
up which aids in a quick pipe change when adding Drill Pipe to the Starter Pipe. The Carousel
will hold additional Drill Pipe to allow the CM760D to drill a variety of depths.
The Carousell must be loaded with Drill Pipe. Prior to loading the Carousel, the Guide and
Boom must be placed in a horizontal position, low enough to the ground to allow drill pipe to
be loaded. Two persons are required to load the pipe safely while an operator moves the head
up and down the guide and operates the carousel functions. All pipe must be loaded with the
Male Drill Pipe Threads toward the top of the Drill Guide.
5-79
Loading Carousel and Starter Rod
1. Move the Drill Guide to a horizontal position, low enough to load a Drill Pipe.
2. Move the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Controller to the Rod Changer position
to activate the Rod Changer.
5-80
3. Open the Centralizer by moving the Centralizer Controller left.
4. Using two men on the ground, load the first Drill Pipe threaded end into the
Centralizer, then move away from the Drill Pipe. (At the plant, a forklift is used
to support the pipe until the centralizer is closed. In the field, the pipe may be
supported with a trailer or a rod rack.) The operator must secure the Drill Pipe
in place by closing the Centralizer.
! DANGER
Do not hold the Drill Pipe as the operator closes the Centralizer as the
Drill Rod can whip and injure anyone holding the Drill Rod.
5-81
5. Move the Rotary Head down the guide with Slow Feed. Stop the feed at the
Greaser Brush and grease the threads of the Drill Pipe
! CAUTION
Always grease all drill steel connections for ease of disconnecting and
long tool life.
6. Rotate and Feed the Rotary Head onto the Drill Pipe threads until the joint is
tight.
! WARNING
Never have the ground man hold a bit and allow the operator to use
rotation to screw into bit.
NEVER TOUCH MOVING DRILL ROD WITH WRENCHES OR HANDS.
7. Feed the Rotary Head up high enough to attach the Rod Changer Arms onto
the Drill Rod. Attach the Rod Changer Arms with Soft Clamp.
8. Move the Rod Changer Controller to the left to change Gripper Arms to Hard
Clamp.
5-82
9. Feed the Rotary Head up far enough for the Drill Rod to be above the Bottom
Plate of the Carousel.
10. Extend the Breakout Fork onto the bottom of the Drill Pipe and unscrew the Drill
Pipe from the Rotary Head.
11. Raise the Rotary Head a little to move it away from the Drill Rod’s threads.
Retract the Breakout Fork.
12. Extend the Rod Gripper and open the Rod Changer Gates. The Rod Changer
Gates should open automatically when the Drill Pipe is gripped. Make sure the
Rod Changer Gates are open at the top and bottom of the carousel.
13. Move the Rod Changer Controller to the left and forward so the Rod Changer
Gripper Arms will swing the Drill Rod into the Star of the Carousel.
14. Once in the Star, move the Rod Changer Controller to Soft Clamp to close the
Rod Changer Gates and to hold the rod in the Star.
15. Move the Rod Changer Controller to Unclamp the Gripper Arms. Rotate the
Carousel to position for the next Drill Rod.
5-83
16. Repeat steps 2 thru 15 until the Carousel is full.

17. Once the Carousel is full, open the Centralizer. Using two men on the ground,
load the Starter Rod into the Centralizer, then the operator must secure it in
place by closing the Centralizer onto the rod.
! DANGER
Do not hold the Drill Rod as the operator closes the Centralizer as the Drill
Rod can whip and injure anyone holding the Drill Rod.
18. Move the Rotary Head down the guide with Slow Feed. Stop the feed at the
Greaser Brush and grease the threads of the Drill Rod before connecting to the
Rotary Head.
! CAUTION
Always grease all drill steel connections for ease of disconnecting and
long tool life.
19. Rotate and Feed the Rotary Head onto the Starter Rod threads until the joint is
tight.
5-84
Drilling
1. Make sure the Carousel is loaded with Drill Rod.
2. Start the machine. Tram the machine to the desired location. Once at the
desired location, move the Engine Speed Switch to LOW.
3. Turn the Drill/Start/Tram Switch left to the Drill Position.

4. Move the Oscitllation Switches to the LOCKED position.
5. Pull the Feed Control back toward the operator to raise the Drill String off of the
ground.
6. Position the drill guide and the boom at the desired angle.
5-85
7. Ensure the lubricator is adjusted properly. Loosen the setscrew on the knob of
the valve. Turn the valve all the way IN (clockwise) until it stops. Turn the valve
OUT (counterclockwise) 1 - 1/4 turns. Tighten the setscrew
8. Be sure that the foot piece is planted firmly against the ground or drilling face.
When vertical drilling, use the boom and guide controls to apply a down force
to lift the tracks off of the ground slightly. This applies enough weight on the drill
guide to prevent it from “kicking” out while drilling.
5-86
9. Start forward rotation by pushing the Drilling Functions Controller forward.

10. Move the Dust Collector/Carousel Selector forward to start Collaring Air. Turn
the Water Injection on if drilling conditions require it.
11. Slowly push the Feed Control forward (away from the operator) to feed the Drill
String down the guide to collar (start) the hole.
12. Once the hole is collared, push the Drill Functions Control forward to start the
Forward Rotation.
13. Push the Feed Control forward to start drilling the hole. Press the Fast Feed
Button while pushing the control forward to speed the downward motion of the
Drill String. Press the Maximum Forward Rotation Button to increase the
forward rotation of the Drill String.
14. Depending on the ground conditions, the Feed Control may be pulled back a
little to slow the feed or the Fast Feed Button may be release the slow the
downward speed.
5-87
15. After the hole is drilled, move the Feed Control and the Drill Functions Control
to the neutral (or centered) positions. Move the Dust Collector/Rod Changer
Selector Control to the neutral (centered) or off position and turn off Water
Injection if used.
16. If a deeper hole is required, see the Adding Drill Rod section that follows. If
not, continue to the next step.
17. Slowly pull the Drill Functions Control back toward the operator. While the Drill
String is rotating, pull the Feed Control back toward the operator to free the Drill
Bit from the bottom of the hole. Raise the Drill String out of the hole. Be sure
to use forward rotation so the bit will not unscrew.
18. Once the bit is out of the hole, place the Feed Control and the Drill Functions
Control to the neutral (centered) or off position.
19. If drilling a new hole, follow Tramming procedure and move to the next desired
location. Repeat steps 3 thru 18. If drilling a deeper hole, go to the next section.
5-88
Adding Drill Rod
1. Feed the Drill String up just far enough to get the Drill Bit off of the bottom of
the hole.
2. Be sure the Drill String is rotating in the forward rotation.
3. Pull the Feed Control back to Feed the Drill String up until the Breakout Fork
aligns with the flats on the top of the Drill Rod.
4. Extend the Breakout Fork on to the flats of the drill rod.
5. Move the controller to Reverse Rotation, then pull the Drill Functions Control
back to begin Reverse Rotation while slowly feeding the Rotary Head up to
unscrew the Rotary Head from the Drill Pipe.
6. When the Rotary Head has disconnected from the Drill Pipe, move the Rotary
Head to the top of the Drill Guide. Return the Drill Functions Control to the
neutral (centered) or off position.
7. Push the Greaser Switch and add grease to the threads at the top of the Drill
Rod in the Breakout Fork.
NOTICE
Always grease all drill string connections for ease of disconnecting and
long tool life.
8. Move the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Selector Control to activate the Rod
Changer.
9. Rotate the Carousel to place a Drill Pipe under the Carousel Gates.
10. Swing and Extend the Rod Changer Gripper Arms onto the Drill Pipe in the
Carousel.
11. When the Rod Changer Gripper Arms clamp onto the Drill Rod, the Rod
Changer’s Gates open automatically.
12. Swing the Rod Changer Gripper Arms out until the Drill Pipe is under the Rotary
Head.
13. Slowly move the Rotary Head down into the Drill Rod and rotate the Rotary
Head in the Forward direction until the threads screw onto the Drill Pipe.
14. Stop the Feed and Rotation.
15. Open the Gripper Arms and swing them back out of the way.
5-89
16. Push the Feed Control Forward to the Feed the Drill Pipe down until the Drill
Pipe threads make contact with the Drill Pipe in the Breakout Fork.
! WARNING
Keep Clear of rotating extension rod and parts.
17. Push the Drill Fuctions Control forward to screw and tighten the Rotary Head
onto the top of the Drill Pipe and the Drill Pipes at their joint.
18. Once the joint is made, move the Drill Functions Control to the Center position
to stop Rotation, then raise the Drill String a little and retract the Breakout Fork.
19. Move the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Selection Control forward, away from
the operator to provide hole cleaning air to the bit and to activate the Dust
Collector. Activate the Water Injection, if used.
20. Start Forward Rotation again and lower the Drill String until the Drill Bit is on the
bottom of the hole.
21. Push the Feed Control forward and drill the hole.
22. After the hole is drilled, place the Feed Control, Drill Functions Control, and the
Dust Collector/Rod Changer Selection Control to the neutral (centered) or off
positions.
23. If a deeper hole is required, repeat step 1 thru 23 of this section. If the hole is
deep enough and Drill Rod is to be removed, go to the next section, Removing
Drill Rod.
5-90
Removing Drill Rod
1. Feed the Drill String up just far enough to get the Drill Bit off of the bottom of
the hole.
2. Slowly pull the Drill Functions Control back toward the operator. While the Drill
String is rotating, pull the Feed Control back toward the operator to free the Drill
Bit from the bottom of the hole. Raise the Drill String out of the hole. Be sure
to use forward rotation so the bit will not unscrew.
3. Slowly Feed the Drill String up until the Pipe Joint between the Drill Pipe is
above the Centralizer and the flats of the Drill Pipe on the lower side of the Pipe
Joint align with the Breakout Fork.
4. Close the Centralizer and extend the Breakout Fork onto the flats of the lower
Drill Pipe.
5. Reverse the Rotation and pull the Drill Functions Control back to begin Reverse
Rotation while slowly feeding the Rotary Head up to unscrew the Top Drill Rod
from the second Drill Rod.
6. When the Top Drill Rod has disconnected from the second Drill Rod , raise the
Rotary Head up high enough to attach the Rod Changer Arms onto the Drill
Rod.
7. Feed the Drill String up far enough for the bottom of the Drill Rod to be above
the Bottom Plate of the Carousel.
8. Unscrew the Drill Rod from the Rotary Head, then raise the Rotary Head a little
to move it away from the Drill Rod’s threads.
9. Move the Rod Changer Gripper Arms to clamp onto the Drill Rod. The Rod
Changer’s Gates will open automatically.
10. Place the Drill Rod into the Carousel, then unclamp. The Rod Changer’s Gates
will close automatically.
11. Move the Rotary Head down the Drill Guide to the Greaser Nozzle and grease
the threads of the next Drill Rod.
12. Slowly push the Feed Control Forward to the Feed the Drill Rod down until the
Drill Pipe threads make contact with the Rotary Head.
! WARNING
Keep Clear of rotating extension rod and parts.
13. Tighten the Rotary Head onto the Drill Rod.

14. Retract the Breakout Fork.
15. Repeat steps 3 thru 12 of this section to remove any remaining Drill Rod. Leave
the Starter Rod attached to the Rotary Head.
5-91
MOVING, PARKING, SHUTDOWN, SECURING THE DRILL FOR

TRANSPORT
Moving the drill
1. Make sure all drill rod is out of the hole before moving.
2. Do not get on or off the drill when it is moving.
3. Lower the drill guide if moving a long distance.
4. Secure all drill rod and tools before moving the drill.
5. Know the drill’s height, width, weight and length before moving.
6. Know where your helpers are at all times. Do not move the drill if they are not
in view.
7. Know and use proper signals when moving the drill.
Parking the Drill
1. Move drill away from the highwall or face before shutting the drill down for the
day.
2. Don’t park the drill under an overhang or where a bank can cave in.
3. ALWAYS park the drill on solid, level ground. If this is not possible, always park
the drill at a right angle to the slope and chock the tracks.
4. Do not leave the drill over a hole. Remove the drill string from the hole before
shutting down for the night.
5. To park the drill, move it to firm, level ground and bring the drill to a complete
stop as mentioned above.
6. USE proper flags, barriers and warning devices, especially when parking in
areas of heavy traffic.
5-92
Normal Shutdown
Normal Shutdown describes how the drill is to be shutdown following a drilling operation or
work shift. See the “Emergency Shutdown” subsection which is part of the Engine Shutdown
Procedure for shutdown emergency conditions.
1. Raise the drill string out of the hole to clear the cuttings. Keep the string rotating
and be sure air is flowing while withdrawing the bit.
2. Stop feed and rotation when the bit reaches the dust hood.
3. If the hole is completed, lower the guide and boom.
4. Disconnect any piping, ropes or cables from the drill and store them properly.
5. Move the Engine Throttle (speed selector) switch to LOW idle position for
approximately five (5) minutes to allow the engine to cool down.
6. Be sure to relieve all pressures in the systems before leaving the drill.
7. Place all controls in neutral or park position before leaving the drill.
8. AVOID leaving the controls with the engine running. NEVER leave the
operator’s seat while the engine is running.
9. Turn the key switch to the OFF position.
10. Lock the ignition and remove the keys before leaving the operator’s seat.
11. Lock all lockable compartments.
5-93
Stopping Drill - Emergency Conditions

The emergency stopping procedure for the drill may be very abrupt. This abrupt stop may
damage the drill due to potentially high-stress loading on its components. There are two types
of emergency shutdowns, one is by the operator pushing the emergency stop button and the
other is when one of the shutdown devices on the drill has registered an out of limit condition.
If the operator or other personnel are in immediate danger, or if an emergency arises that is
not under control of the shutdown devices, such as a fire or other outside caused problem,
initiate an emergency stop with the following procedure:
Push in the Emergency Stop Button and exit the drill.
NOTICE
If the operator or other personnel are not in immediate danger and
preservation of the equipment is the primary concern, proceed as
follows:
All shutdown devices have gauges that show the operating temperatures
or pressure of the system they monitor. The operator should be able to
avoid a shutdown condition if he checks the gauges frequently.
When one of the emergency stop or shutdown devices is energized, it

immediately shuts off fuel to the engine. All engines are “energize to run”
which means there must be power to the fuel valve to allow fuel to flow.
If power is lost, the fuel valve closes and stops the engine.
Every attempt should be made by the operator to shut the drill down
under a Normal Shutdown, if possible, to prevent damage to the drill.
When a high pressure compressor is shut down at high pressure, the
regulation system causes the air end to become a pressure vessel that
will force compressor oil back up into the intake filters when the inlet
valve opens. The element will have to be replaced and the tubes cleaned
before the drill can be put back in service.
5-94
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE
6-1
Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE
6.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Maintenance Safety
! WARNING
Improper maintenance can cause severe injury or death. Read and
understand the SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES section of this
manual before you operate or perform any maintenance, service or
repairs.
! WARNING
and understand the OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS
! WARNING
Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut down the
truck engine and deck engine before working on the drill.
Maintenance Safety Precautions

Most accidents involving product operation, maintenance and repair are caused by failure to
observe basic safety rules or precautions. An accident can often be avoided by recognizing
potentially dangerous situations before trouble occurs. Some of the potential problems and
ways to prevent them are shown below.
Fluid Penetration
• Always use a wooden board or cardboard when checking for leaks.
• Leaking fluid under pressure can cause serious injury or death.
• If fluid is injected into the skin, see a physician immediately.
6-2
SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III
Lines, Tubes and Hoses

• Repair any loose or damaged fuel and oil lines, tubes and hoses. Leaks can cause
fires.
• Inspect all lines, tubes and hoses carefully. Do not use your bare hands to check for
leaks.
• Tighten all connections to the recommended torque.
• Make sure that all clamps, guards and heat shields are installed correctly to prevent
vibration, rubbing against other parts and excessive heat during operation.
• Check for the following:
—End fittings damaged, leaking or displaced.

—Outer covering chafed or cut and wire reinforcing exposed.
—Outer covering ballooning locally.
—Evidence of kinking or crushing of the flexible part of the hose.
—Armoring embedded in the outer cover.
Burn Prevention
• Do not touch any part of an operating engine or its components.
• Allow the engine to cool before any repair or maintenance is performed.
• Relieve all pressure in air, oil, fuel or cooling systems before any lines, fittings or
related items are disconnected or removed.
Coolant
• Use caution when removing filler cap, grease fittings, pressure taps, breathers or
drain plugs.
• At operating temperature, the engine coolant is hot and under pressure. The radiator
and all lines to heaters or the engine contain hot water. When pressure is relieved
rapidly, this hot water can turn into steam. Allow cooling system components to cool
before draining. Any contact with hot water or steam can cause severe burns. Check
the coolant level only after the engine has been stopped and the filler cap is cool
enough to remove with your bare hand.
• Hold a rag over the cap or plug to prevent being sprayed or splashed by liquids under
pressure.
• Remove the cooling system filler cap slowly to relieve pressure.
• Cooling system additive (conditioner) contains alkali. To prevent personal injury,
avoid contact with the skin and eyes and do not drink.
6-3
Oils
• Hot oil and components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hot oil or
components to contact the skin.
• Keep all exhaust manifold and turbocharger shields in place to protect hot exhaust
from oil spray in case of a line, tube or seal failure.
Batteries
• Battery electrolyte contains acid and can cause injury. Avoid contact with the skin
and eyes. Wash hands after touching batteries and connectors. Use of gloves is
recommended. Batteries give off flammable fumes, which can explode. Ensure there
is proper ventilation for batteries, which are located in an enclosure.
• Always thaw a frozen battery before jump starting. Frozen batteries can explode.
• Do not smoke when observing the battery electrolyte levels.
• Always wear protective glasses when working with batteries.
• Never disconnect any charging unit circuit or battery circuit cable from the battery
when charging unit is operating. A spark can cause the flammable vapor mixture of
hydrogen and oxygen to explode.
Fire or Explosion Prevention

• Fire may result from lubricating oil or fuel sprayed on hot surfaces causing personal
injury and property damage. Inspect all lines and tubes for wear or deterioration.
They must be routed, supported or clamped securely. Tighten all connections to the
recommended torque. Leaks can cause fires.
• Determine whether the engine will be operated in an environment in which
combustible gases could be drawn through the air inlet system. These gases could
cause the engine to overspeed, which in turn could seriously damage the engine and
result in bodily injury or property damage.
• All fuels, most lubricants and some coolant mixtures are flammable.
• Diesel fuel is flammable.Gasoline is flammable. The mixtures of diesel and gasoline
fumes are extremely explosive.
• Do not smoke while refueling or in a refueling area. Do not smoke in areas where
batteries are charged, or where flammable materials are stored.
• Batteries give off flammable fumes which can explode. Keep all fuels and lubricants
stored in properly marked containers and away from all unauthorized persons. Store
all oily rags or other flammable material in a protective container, in a safe place.
6-4
• Do not weld or flame cut on pipes or tubes that contain flammable fluids. Clean them
thoroughly with nonflammable solvent before welding or flame cutting on them.
Remove all flammable materials such as fuel, oil and other debris before they
accumulate on the engine. Do not expose the engine to flames, burning brush, etc.,
if possible.
• Shields (if equipped), which protect hot exhaust components from oil or fuel spray in
the event of a line, tube or seal failure, must be installed correctly.
• Provide adequate and proper waste oil disposal.Oil and fuel filters must be properly
installed and housing covers tightened to proper torque when being changed.
• Batteries must be kept clean, covers kept on all cells, recommended cables and
connections used and battery box covers kept in place when operating.
• When starting from an external source, always connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the POSITIVE (+) terminal of the battery of the engine to be started. To prevent
potential sparks from igniting combustible gases produced by some batteries, attach
the negative (—) boost ground cable last, to the starter NEGATIVE (—) terminal (if
equipped) or to the engine block. See the Operation Section of this manual for
specific starting instructions.
• Clean and tighten all electrical connections. Check regularly for loose or frayed
electrical wires. Refer to maintenance schedules for interval. Have all loose or frayed
electrical wires tightened, repaired or replaced before operating the engine.
• Wiring must be kept in good condition, properly routed and firmly attached. Routinely
inspect wiring for wear or deterioration. Loose, unattached, or unnecessary wiring
must be eliminated. All wires and cables must be of the recommended gauge and
fused if necessary. Do not use smaller gauge wire or bypass fuses. Tight
connections recommended wiring and cables properly cared for will help prevent
arcing or sparking which could cause a fire.
Fire Extinguisher
• Have a fire extinguisher available and know how to use it.
• Inspect fire extinguisher and have it serviced as recommended on its instruction
plate.
6-5
Crushing or Cutting Prevention

• Support equipment and attachments properly when working beneath them.
• Never attempt adjustments while the engine is running unless otherwise specified in
this manual.
• Stay clear of all rotating and moving parts. Guards should be in place whenever
maintenance is not being performed.
• Keep objects away from moving fan blades. They will throw or cut any object or tool
that falls or is pushed into them.
• Wear protective glasses when striking objects to avoid injury to your eyes.
• Chips or other debris can fly off objects when struck. Make sure no one can be
injured by flying debris before striking any object.
Mounting and Dismounting

• Do not climb on, or jump off the drill or stand on components that cannot support your
weight. Use an adequate ladder. Always use steps and hand holds when mounting
and dismounting with a three-point stance.
• Clean steps, hand holds and areas of the drill you will be working on or around.
Before Starting the Engine

• Inspect drill for potential hazards.
• Be sure all protective guards and covers are installed if a drill must be started to make
adjustments or checks. To help prevent an accident caused by parts in rotation, work
carefully around them.
• Do not disable or bypass automatic shutoff circuits. They are provided to prevent
personal injury and drill damage.
• Never start an engine with the governor linkage disconnected.
• Make provisions for shutting off the air or fuel supply to stop the engine if there is an
overspeed condition on start-up after performing repair or maintenance to the
engine.
6-6
Engine Starting
• DO NOT start the engine or move any of the controls if there is a warning tag
attached to the controls.Checkwith the person who attached the tag before starting.
• Make sure no one is working on, or close to the engine or engine driven components
before starting it. Always inspect the engine before and after starting.
• Start the engine only from the operator’s station. Never short across the starter
terminals or the batteries as this could bypass the engine neutral-start system as well
as damage the electrical system.
• Always start the engine according to the required Engine Starting procedure
described in this manual to prevent major engine component damage and personal
injury.
• Stop the engine according to the Engine Stopping instructions in the Operation
Section to avoid overheating and accelerated wear of the engine components.
• Only use the Emergency Stop button in an emergency. DO NOT start the engine until
the problem necessitating the emergency stop has been located and corrected.
• On initial startup or overhaul, be prepared to STOP the drill should an overspeed
condition occur. This may be accomplished by cutting the fuel and air supply to the
engine.
• Check the jacket water and oil temperature gauges frequently during the operation
of jacket water and/or lube oil heaters to ensure proper operation.
• Diesel engine exhaust contains products of combustion that may be harmful to your
health. Always start and operate the engine in a well-ventilated area and, if in an
enclosed area, vent the exhaust to the outside.
Starting Aids
• Ether and other starting aids are poisonous and flammable. Do not smoke while
changing ether cylinders.
• Use ether only in well ventilated places.
• Keep ether cylinders out of the reach of unauthorized persons.
• Do not store replacement ether cylinders in living areas or in the storage
compartment or the cab.
• Do not store ether cylinders in direct sunlight or at temperatures above 39°C (102°F).
discard cylinders in a safe place. Do not puncture or burn cylinders.
6-7
Engine stopping
• Stop the engine according to the Engine Stopping instructions in the Operation
Section to avoid overheating and accelerated wear of the engine components.
• Only use the Emergency Stop button in an emergency. DO NOT start the drill until
the problem is resolved.
• On initial startup or overhaul, be prepared to STOP the engine should an overspeed
condition occur. This may be accomplished by cutting the fuel and air supply to the
engine.
! WARNING
repairs.
6-8
6.2 - REFILL REQUIREMENTS CHARTS
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION
The following information is provided to assist the owners and operators of Atlas Copco Drilling
Solutions Equipment. Further information may be obtained by contacting your Atlas Copco
Drilling Solutions Equipment Distributor.
The following substances are used in the manufacturing of this drill and may be hazardous to
health if used incorrectly.
Anti Freeze Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Hydraulic Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Engine Lubricating Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Compressor Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Preservative Grease Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Rust Preventative Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Engine Fuel Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
Battery Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
SAE Gear Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.
The following substances may be produced during the operation of this drill and may be
hazardous to health.
Engine Exhaust Fumes Avoid breathing fumes.
Engine Exhaust Fumes Avoid buildup of fumes in confined spaces.
Electric Motor Dust (Brushes/ Avoid breathing in during maintenance.
Insulation)
Brake Lining Dust Avoid breathing in during maintenance.
6-9
FUEL AND LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS
General Information
Lubrication is an essential part of preventive maintenance, affecting to a great extent the

useful life of the unit. Periodic lubrication of the moving parts reduces to a minimum the
possibility of mechanical failures.
Different lubricants are needed and some components in the unit require more frequent
lubricant than others. Therefore, it is important that the instructions regarding types of
frequency of the application be explicitly followed.
The lubrication Chart that follows in this section shows those items requiring regular service
and the interval at which they should be performed. Details concerning fuel, oil and other
lubricants follow the lubrication chart. A regular service program should be geared to the items
listed under each interval. These intervals are based on average operating conditions. In the
event of extremely severe, dusty or wet operating conditions, more frequent lubrication than
specified may be necessary.
Specific recommendations of brand and grade of lubricants are not made here due to regional
availability, operating conditions and the continual development of improved products. Where
questions arise, refer to the component manufacturer’s manual and a reliable supplier.
All oil levels are to be checked with the Drill parked on a level surface and while the oil is cold,
unless otherwise specified.
On plug type check points, the oil levels are to be at the bottom edge of the check port.
All grease fittings are SAE STANDARD unless otherwise indicated. Grease non sealed fittings
until grease is seen extruding from the fitting. One ounce (28 grams) of EP-MPG equals one
pump on a standard one pound (0.45 kg) grease gun.
Over lubrication on non sealed fittings will not harm the fittings or components, but under
lubrication will definitely lead to a shorter lifetime.
6-10
Unless otherwise indicated, items not equipped with grease fittings (linkages, pins, levers,
etc.) should be lubricated with oil once a week.Motor oil, applied sparingly, will provide the
necessary lubrication and help prevent the formation of rust. An anti-seize compound may be
used if rust has not formed. Otherwise, the component must be cleaned first.
Grease fittings that are worn and will not hold the grease gun, or those that have a stuck check
ball, must be replaced.
To prevent minor irregularities from developing into serious conditions, several other
services or checks are recommended for the same intervals as the periodic lubrication.
1. Thoroughly wash all fittings, caps, plugs, etc. with a non-flammable, non-toxic
cleaning solution before servicing to prevent dirt from entering while performing
the service.
2. Lubricants must be at operating temperature when draining.
3. During regular lubrication service, visually check the entire unit with regard to
cap screws, nuts and bolts being properly secured.
4. Spot check several capscrews and nuts for proper torque. If any are found
loose, a more thorough investigation must be made.
5. If a defect is detected which requires special maintenance service, stop the drill
operation until the defect has been corrected. If necessary, contact the local
Atlas Copco distributor for assistance.
6-11
Hydraulic Oil
The quality of the hydraulic oil is important to the satisfactory performance of any hydraulic
system. The oil serves as the power transmission medium, system coolant and lubricant.
Selection of the proper oil is essential to ensure proper system performance and life. For the
specifications and requirements that the hydraulic oil used in this drill should meet, refer to the
information below.
HYDRAULIC OIL
Viscosity: 60 SUS minimum at operating temperature
7500 SUS maximum at starting temperature
150 to 225 SUS at 100°F (38°C) generally
44 to 48 SUS at 210°F (99°C)
Viscosity Index: 90 minimum
Aniline Point: -175 minimum
API Gravity: 28 minimum
Paraffinic oils: 28 or more;
Mixed base: 24 to 28;
Napthanic or asphaltic base: 24 or less
Recommended Additives: Rust and oxidation inhibitors
Foam depressant
Desirable Characteristics: Stability of physical and chemical
characteristics
High demulsibility (low emulsibility) for
separation of water, air and contaminants
Resistance to the formation of gums,
sludges, acids, tars and varnishes
High lubricity and film strength
6-12
The following are only a few examples of the commercial brand oils meeting specifications for
use at temperatures above 10°F (-12°C).
International Harvester Tran

Auto Transmission Fluid Mobil DTE 25
Mobil Oil Company Sun Oil 2105
Grade AW32 is a general specification.

The following are only a few examples of the commercial brand oils meeting specifications for
use at temperatures below 10°F (-12°C).
Auto Transmission Fluid Type F

Mobil Oil Company Mobil DTE 13
Shell Oil Company Tellus T-27
6-13
Lubricant Oil AND Grease

Extreme Pressure Multipurpose Lubricant
This gear lubricant is compounded to achieve high load carrying capacity and meet the
requirements of either API-GL-5 or MIL-L-2105C. Unless otherwise specified, SAE-90
viscosity oil may be used for year round service. Low temperature usage is restricted as
follows:
SAE Viscosity No. Min. Ambient Temp. F.(C.)

75W -40 (-40)
80w -15 (-26)
85w +10 (-12)
90 +20 (-7)
140 +40 (+5)
250 +50 (+10)
Extreme Pressure Multipurpose Grease

This is a lithium soap base grease with a high load carrying capacity. The following properties
are recommended:
Timken OK Load 40 lb. minimum

Dropping Point 350°F (177°C) min.
Oil Viscosity 75 SUS minimum at 210°F (99°C).
Water Resistance Excellent
Under normal operating conditions, the following consistency grades are recommended:
NLGI No. 0 for subzero Fahrenheit temperatures.
NLGI No.1 or No. 2 for ambient temperatures 0-100°F (-17.8°C -38°C).
NLGI No. 2 or No. 3 for temperatures over 100°F (38°C).
6-14
Mobil SHC-630 Bearing AND Gear Lubricant

This gear lubricant provides better thermal and oxidation stability than conventional mineral
oils. The lubricant has naturally high viscosity indexes compared to mineral oils, providing
lower viscosity at lower temperatures and higher viscosity at higher temperatures.
ISO Viscosity Grade 220

API Gravity 31.4
Viscosity Index 152
Viscosity:
cST at 40°C 217
cST at 100°C 25.9
SUS at 100°F 1122
SUS at 210°F 127
Engine Lubricating Oil

For latest applicable engine lubricating oil specifications, contact the engine manufacturer,
distributor or your local Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions distributor.
6-15
Fuel Oil
Diesel Engines have the ability to burn a wide variety of fuels. These fuels are divided into two
groups called Preferred Fuels and Permissible Fuels.
The Preferred Fuels provide maximum engine service life and performance. These are
Distillate Fuels and are commonly called diesel fuel, furnace fuel, gas oil, or kerosene.
The Permissible Fuels are Crude Oils or Blended Fuels and can result in reduced engine
service life and higher maintenance costs.
Diesel fuels that meet the specifications in the following table will help to provide maximum
engine performance and service life. Diesel fuel that is identified as No.1-D or No.2-D in North
America usually meets these specifications. This table relates to diesel fuels distilled from
crude oil. Diesel fuels from other sources could exhibit detrimental properties not controlled or
defined by these specifications.
Caterpillar Specifications for Distillate Diesel Fuel

Specifications Requirements ASTM
Test
Aromatics 35% maximum D1319
Ash 0.02% maximum (weight) D482
Carbon Residue on 10% 0.35% maximum (weight) D524
Bottoms
Cetane number 40 minimum (DI engines), 35 minimum (PC D613
engines)
Cloud Point The cloud point must not exceed the lowest
expected ambient temperature.
Copper Strip Corrosion No. 3 maximum D130
Distillation 10% at 282°C (540° degrees F), 90 % at D86
360°C (680°F) maximum
Flash Point Legal limit D93
API Gravity 30 minimum, 45 maximum D287
Pour Point 6°C(10°F) minimum below ambient D97
temperature
Sulfer 3% maximum D3605
or
D1552
Kinematic Viscosity 1.4 cST minimum an 20.0 cST maximum at D445
40°C (104°F)
6-16
Caterpillar Specifications for Distillate Diesel Fuel

Water and Sediment 0.1% maximum D1796
Water 0.1% maximum D1744
Sediment 0.05% maximum (weight) D473
Gums and Resins 10 mg per 100 mL maximum D381
Lubricity 3100 g minimum D6078
0.45 mm (0.018 inch) maximum at 60°mC D6079
(140°F)m; 0.38 mm (0.015 inch) maximum at
25°C (77°F)
6-17
REFILL CAPACITIES AND FILTER ELEMENTS CHARTS
Refill Capacities
Diesel Fuel Tank Capacity: 155 gallons (586.74 liters)

Hydraulic Tank Capacity: 150 gallons (568 liters)
Separator Tank Capacity: 10 gallons (38 liters)
Radiator Capacity: 12 gallons (45.4 liters)
Engine Oil (With Filter Change) Capacity: 42 quarts (40 liters)
Water Injection Tank Capacity: 40 gallons (151 liters)
Final Drive Capacity: 1.8 - 2 quarts (1.9 liters)
Lubricator Capacity: .75 quart (.7 liter)
Windshield wiper fluid reservoir 3 gallons (11.4 liters)
6-18
Filter Elements and Kits
FILTER ELEMENTS AND KITS
LOCATION QTY PART NUMBER

Air Cleaner Kits
Engine Air Cleaner Elements: 1 Each
Engine Secondary Safety Element 2635123512
Engine Primary Element 2635123520
Compressor Air Cleaner Elements: 1 Each
Secondary (Safety) Element 2635123512
Primary Element 2635123520
Dust Collector Air Filter Elements 4 Each 2657714388
Cab A/C Unit Air Filter Element 2 Each 2652319886
Filters / Elements
Engine
Engine Oil Filter Element 1 2652183233
Primary Fuel Filter/Water Separator 1 2652322443
Plastic Bowl to Primary Fuel Filter 1 2652322450
Secondary Fuel Filter Element 1 2652322468
Fuel Tank Filter Breather 1 2657594426
Coolant Conditioner Precharge Element 1 2657511446
Coolant Conditioner Maintenance Element 1 2656264245
Air Compressor
Oil Filters 2 2636860336
Separator Element 1 2635856376
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Fluid Filter Elements 2 2657677254
Hydraulic Tank Filter, Breather 1 2652306461
Hydraulic Drill/Tram Filter Element 1 2652293289
6-19
Miscellaneous Service Items
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE ITEMS

Fuses
Fusable Link, 10AWG (Main) 1 Each 2652305695
ATC FAST ACTING, 10 AMP 36V (Ign., Controls, Lights) 6 Each 2652116662
ATC FAST ACTING, 15 AMP 36V (A/C, Eng., Lights) 4 Each 2652116654
ATC FAST ACTING, 20 AMP 36V (Converter) 1 Each 2652116647
ATC FAST ACTING, 25 AMP 36V (A/C Evaporator Unit) 1 Each 2652135423
ATC FAST ACTING, 30 AMP 36V (Starter) 1 Each 2652117421
TIME DELAY, 2 AMP 250V 3AG (Dust Collector Timer) 1 Each 2651790418
FAST ACTING, 20 AMP 250V 3AB (Converter) 1 Each 2652106010
Drive Belts
Engine Drive Belt 1 Each 2652322534
A/C Compressor Drive Belt 1 Each 2652319589
Other
Ether Bottle (Replacement) 1 Each 2651297612
6-20
FLUID SPECIFICATIONS
Engine Oil Viscosity Recommendations
Compressor Oil Viscosity Recommendations
Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Recommendations
6-21
Rock Drill Oil Viscosity Recommendations
Final Drive Oil Viscosity Recommendations
Grease Recommendations
Anti-Freeze Recommendations
6-22
Rock Drill Oil Specifications
20°F to Above
Test Below
Characteristic 90°F(-7°C to 90°F
Procedure 20°F(-7°C)
32°C) (32°C)
Viscosity:
SUS at 100°F (38°C) ASTM-2161 175 min. 450 min. 750 min.
SUS at 210°F (99°C) ASTM-2161 46 min. 65 min. 85 min.
cST at 104°F (40°C) ASTM-D445 37 min. 105 min. 160 min.
cST at 212°F (100°C) ASTM-D445 6 min. 11 min. 16 min.
Pour Point, °F (°C) max. ASTM-D97 -10°F (-23°C) -10°F (-23°C) -0°F (-18°C)
Flash Point,°F (°C) min. ASTM-D92 370°F 400°F 450°F
(188°C) (204°C) (232°C)
Viscosity Index, min. ASTM-D2270 90 90 90
Steam Emulsion No. ASTM-1935- 1200 1200 1200
min. 65
Consistency Stringy Stringy Stringy
Falex Load Test lbs (kg) ASTM-D2670 2000 lbs 2000 lbs 2000 lbs
[min] (907kg) (907kg) (907kg)
Timken E.P. Test lbs (kg) ASTM-D2782 30 lbs (14 kg) 30 lbs (14 kg) 30lbs(14kg)
[min]
6-23
6.3 - SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Read and understand the Safety Information, warnings and instructions before operation or
maintenance procedures are performed.
The maintenance schedule in this section shows those items requiring regular service and the
intervals at which they should be performed. A regular service program should be geared to
the items listed under each interval. These intervals are based on average operating
conditions. In the event of extremely severe, dusty or wet operating conditions, more frequent
maintenance than specified may be necessary.
Before each consecutive interval is performed, all of the maintenance requirements from the
previous interval must also be performed.
NOTICE
Refer to the Actual Engine Manufacturer’s Operation and Maintenance
Manual for the Maintenance Schedules and procedures for the Deck
Engine.
NOTICE
Refer to the Actual Carrier Manufacturer’s Service Maintenance Manual
for Maintenance Schedule and procedures for the Carrier.
6-24
Walk Around Inspection

Before every shift and prior to starting the drill, a walk around inspection of the overall drill
should be performed. This is in addition to the 10 hour daily routine maintenance procedures.
Performance of this inspection can result in longer life and maximum productivity from the drill.
Walk Around Inspection
Description Action Remarks

Walkaround Inspection Check the condition of See “Walk Around
components and look for Inspection” information in
Hydraulic System obvious problems the OPERATING
Compressor System INSTRUCTIONS section of
this manual
Coolant System
Fuel System
General Checks
Maintenance Interval Schedule

Use the hourmeter as a guide when servicing the machine or Rotary Head. The hourmeter
indicates the total number of hours the machine has been in operation.
Before each consecutive interval is performed, all of the maintenance requirements from the
previous interval must also be performed.
Maintenance intervals are based on normal operating conditions. When operating under
severe condition (such as very dusty air), the maintenance intervals should be shortened.
! WARNING
Before performing any service on the machine, ensure the machine is
shut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to prevent movement.
6-25
Service Interval Charts
6-26
6-27
6-28
6.4 - 10 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
SERVICE EVERY 10 HOURS
Check Radiator Coolant Level
! WARNING
Do not remove the radiator cap from a hot engine. Wait until the
temperature is below 120°F (50°C) before removing the pressure cap.
Failure to do so can result in personal injury from heated coolant spray
or steam. Remove the filler cap slowly to relieve coolant system pressure.
The coolant level must be checked daily as part of the 10 hour routine maintenance
procedure. Ensure the coolers are not too hot to touch.
1. Check engine coolant level. The coolant level should be maintained so fluid can
be seen in the sight glass. If coolant is low, add through filler cap.
NOTICE
If the coolant level is below the minimum level, the low level probe will
activate the engine shutdown. In the case of repeated low level
shutdowns, call for service to investigate cause of coolant loss.
6-29
2. Makeup coolant added to the engine must be mixed with the correct
proportions of antifreeze, supplemental coolant additive (SCA), and water to
avoid engine damage. It must be used year round in all climates.
NOTICE
Refer to Cooling Recommendations and Specifications in this section for
more details on coolant. Also refer to engine manual.
! CAUTION
Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. Engine castings can be
damaged. Allow the engine to cool to below 120°F (50°C) before adding
coolant.
3. A refractometer must be used to accurately measure the freeze point of the

coolant.
4. Do not use a floating ball hydrometer. Floating ball hydrometers can give an
incorrect reading.
6-30
Cooling System Sealing Additives
Never use a sealing additive to stop leaks in the coolant system. The use of sealing additives
will:
• Build up in coolant low flow areas

• Clog coolant filters
• Plug radiator and oil cooler
This can result in coolant system plugging and inadequate coolant flow causing the engine to
overheat.
Cooling System Soluble Oils
Do not use soluble oils in the cooling system. The use of soluble oils will:
• allow cylinder liner pitting

• corrode brass and copper
• damage heat transfer surfaces
• damage seals and hoses
6-31
Clean Radiator AND Oil Cooler(s)
NOTICE
If the drill has suffered leaks of oil or fuel, dirt will tend to adhere to the
cooling fins of the radiator and hydraulic oil cooler. This accumulation of
dirt will reduce the cooling efficiency. Therefore, any leaks of oil or fuel
should be immediately repaired and cooling surfaces given a thorough
cleaning.
Check every 10 hours or daily for signs of clogging on the exposed cooling fins on the
combined radiator, compressor oil and hydraulic oil coolers as part of the routine maintenance
procedure.
! WARNING
When using compressed air, water jets or steam cleaning methods,
ensure that appropriate protective clothing is worn to protect eyes and
exposed parts of the body.
1. If clogging is dried on dirt, use liquid or dry air to remove from the cooling fins.
If dry dust is present, use low pressure compressed air to clean.
2. In case of severe clogging due to fluid leaks, apply diesel fuel or a commercial
cleaning detergent. Let it soak in and then wash off with water jet.
6-32
Check Engine Oil
! WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Hot oil and hot components can cause
personal injury. Do not allow hot oil or hot components to contact the
skin.
Check the engine oil level daily by viewing the dipstick. Perform this maintenance with the
engine shut off.
1. The drill must be on a level, stable surface when checking the oil level to be
sure the measurement is correct.
2. Wait at least 5 minutes after shutting off the engine to check the oil level. This
allows time for the oil to drain into the oil pan.
3. Pull out the dipstick (oil level gauge), wipe it clean with a lint free dry cloth and
push the dipstick back in.
4. Pull out the dipstick again and check the oil level on the dipstick.
5. Maintain the oil level between the “L” (low) mark and “H” (high) mark on the oil
level gauge (dipstick). Do not fill the crankcase above the “HIGH” mark.
6-33
! CAUTION
Never operate the engine with the oil level below the “L” (low) mark or
above the “H” (high) mark.
6. Remove the oil filler cap and add oil, if necessary. (Refer to the Lubricant
Specifications for details on engine oil.)
7. Clean the oil filler cap and reinstall.
8. Repeat process and check oil level again after engine has run for about 1
minute.
6-34
Engine Belts And Tensioner

Under normal operating conditions, the engine drive belts should be inspected daily. Belt
damage can be caused by: Incorrect tension, Incorrect size or length, Pulley misalignment, In-
correct installation, Severe operating environment and Oil or grease on the belts.
Adjust the belt tension in order to minimize belt slippage. Belt slippage will decrease the life of
the belts. If the belts are too loose, the belts will vibrate. This vibration is enough to cause
unnecessary wear on the belts and on the pulleys. If the belts are too tight, unnecessary
stresses are placed upon the pulley bearings and upon the belts. These stresses will shorten
the life of the belts and of the pulley bearings.
Drive Belts Inspection
To maximize the engine performance, visually inspect the belts for tension, wear, breaks,
cracks or other damage. Replace belts that are cracked or frayed. Adjust belts that have a
glazed or shiny surface which indicates belt slippage. Correctly installed and tensioned belts
will show even pulley and belt wear.
1. Remove the belt guard to check the belt tension or to replace belts.
2. Measure the belt tension in the center span of the pulleys.
3. An alternate method (deflection method) can be used to check belt tension by
applying 25 lbs (110 N) force midway between the pulleys on v-belts. If the
deflection is more than one (1) belt thickness per foot of pulley center distance,
the belt must be adjusted. As a general rule, a correctly adjusted belt will deflect
1/2” to 3/4” (13mm to 19mm).
6-35
Engine Alternator Drive Belt
1. Remove the belt guard.

2. Loosen mounting bolts (1) and adjusting bolt (2).
3. Move the assembly in order to increase or decrease the belt tension.
4. Tighten adjusting bolt (2) Tighten the mounting bolts (1).
5. Reinstall the belt guard..
6. If new drive belts are installed, check the drive belt tension again after 30
minutes of engine operation at the rated rpm.
Fan Drive Belt Adjustment
1. Remove the belt guard.

2. Loosen the mounting bolt for the pulley.
3. Loosen the adjusting nut for the pulley.
4. Move the pulley in order to adjust the belt tenstion.
5. Tighten the adjusting nut.
6. Tighten the mounting bolt.
7. Reinstall the belt guard.
8. If new drive belts are installed, check the drive belt tension again after 30
minutes of engine operation at the rated rpm.
6-36
Water Pump Drive Belt
1. Loosen the locknut which secures the idler pulley to the water pump.
2. Turn the adjusting screw to adjust the belt tension.
! CAUTION
Do not adjust the belt tension to full value with the adjusting screw. Belt
tension can increase when the lock nut is tightened and, therefore,
reduce belt and bearing life.
3. Secure idler pulley in position by tightening the lock nut to 50 ft./lb (70Nm).
4. Loosen up the adjusting screw 1/2 turn to prevent breakage.
5. Measure the belt tension again. Adjust if necessary.
6. Ensure that the belt guard is replaced and secured properly.
6-37
Drive Belts Replacement
NOTICE
When a drive uses two or more belts, replace the belts as a complete set.
1. Loosen the adjusting mechanism and move the pulley centers as close
together as possible. The belts can then be installed without excessive force.
2. To prevent damage, do not roll a belt over the pulley or pry it on with a tool.
NOTICE
Refer to the Belt Tension Chart in your OEM Engine Operation and
Maintenance Manual for the correct gauge and tension value for the belt
width.
6-38
3. Pulley misalignment must not exceed 1/16 inch for each 12 inches (6mmfor
each meter) of distance between pulley centers.
4. Belts must not touch the bottom of the pulley grooves, not must they protrude
over 3/32 inch (3mm) above the top edge of the groove.
5. When a drive uses two or more belts, the belt riding depth must not vary over
1/16 inch (2mm) between the belts.
7. If new belts are installed, check the tension again after 30 minutes of engine
operation at the rated rpm.
6-39
Check Compressor Oil Level

Check the compressor oil level in the receiver tank every 10 hours or daily. A loss of
compressor oil could be an indication of excess oil carryover with the compressed air and
would require a separator element change.
! WARNING
Do not attempt to open the filler plug, any drain plugs or the drain valve
before making sure all air pressure has been relieved from the system.
High Pressure can cause severe injury or death
1. Check the oil level with the sight level gauge on the receiver separator tank
2. If necessary, add fresh, clean synthetic oil (filtered through a 10 micron filter)
through the fill cap area to bring level to FULL.
6-40
Check Hydraulic Oil Level
NOTICE
clean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the drill’s
proper function. Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulic
system to ensure its complete cleanliness. When operating, the oil level
must be between the maximum and minimum.
The hydraulic reservoir oil level must be checked daily as part of the 10 hour routine
maintenance procedure.
1. Check the Hydraulic Oil Level by viewing the Hydraulic Oil Level Indicator
located inside the Left Rear Enclosure Door
6-41
2. The oil level in the hydraulic tank depends on the extended or retracted
positions of the hydraulic cylinders. It is important to observe and note the
following information when reading the level gauge:
a.The oil level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted should be between the
FULL mark and the MINIMUM mark on the sight gauge.
b.The top of the oil level MUST be visible when the engine is running AND also
when the engine is stopped. There must be oil showing on the gauge at all
times. Add oil to bring to levels defined above.
NOTICE
If no oil is showing on the gauge, stop the engine immediately and call for
service assistance to investigate the cause of oil loss.
! CAUTION
3. If necessary, add clean hydraulic oil with the Fill Pump. Remove the Protective
Cap and the Fill Connection and connect the fill hose. Hand pump the oil into
the reservoir until the level is at the HIGH mark on the Hydraulic Oil Level
Indicator. Refer to Lubricant Specifications for details on hydraulic oil.
6-42
Drain Fuel Sediment

Water in the fuel can cause the engine to run rough. If the fuel has been contaminated with
water, the element should be changed before the regularly scheduled interval of 250 hours.
! WARNING
! WARNING
The manufacturer requires that a fuel-water separator or fuel filter and water separator be
installed in the fuel supply system. Drain the water and sediment from the separator daily.
NOTICE
The water and sediment may contain petroleum products. Please consult
the local environmental agency for recommended disposal guidelines.
6-43
1. Shut off the engine.

2. Place a suitable container under the fuel filter-water separator to collect any
excess escaping fuel when draining.
3. Use your hand to open the drain valve. Turn the valve counter-clockwise
about
4. 2-1/2 turns until draining occurs. Drain the filter sump of water and any
sediment until the clear fuel is visible (about 1 cup).
5. Turn the valve clockwise approximately 2-1/2 turns to close the drain valve.
! CAUTION
Do not over-tighten the valve. It can damage the threads.
6-44
Drain Dust Collector

As compressed air moves through the Dust Collector, condensation can build up, especially
when the weather is humid or damp. Condensation is collected in two areas of the Dust
Collector. One is at the Air Regulator and the other is the Pulse Air Tank.
Turn the Air Regulator Condensation Drain counter-clockwise for 1.5 to 2 turns to allow the
moisture to drain. Turn the Pulse Air Tank Condensation Drain counter-clockwise until
moisture begins to drain. When moisture no longer drains from these two areas, turn the drains
clockwise until they are closed.
6-45
Ensure The Coolers Are Clean
NOTICE
If the drill has suffered leaks or oil or fuel, dirt will tend to adhere to the
cooling fins of the radiator and hydraulic oil coolers. This accumulation
of dirt will reduce the cooling efficency. Therefore, any leaks of oil or fuel
should be immediately repaired and cooling surfaces given a thorough
cleaning.
Inspect the Coolers every 10 hours or daily for signs of clogging on the exposed cooling fins
on all coolers as a part of the routing maintenance procedure
! WARNING
When using compressed air, water jets or steam cleaning methods,
ensure that protective clothing is worn to protect eyes and exposed parts
of the body.
1. If the clogging is due to dried on dirt, use a liquid or dry air to remove from the
cooling fins. If dry dust is present, use low pressure compressed air to clean.
2. In the case of severe clogging due to liquid leaks, apply diesel fuel or a
commercial cleaning detergent. Let it soak in and then wash it off with a water
jet.
Loose or Frayed Hoses

Daily or Every 10 Hours, do an overall check for loose or frayed hoses. A frayed hydraulic
hose can instantly break open; spraying hot hydraulic fluid on a person; causing severe burns.
Always replace a worn or damaged hose immediately.
Loose Nuts and Bolts

Check daily for loose nuts and bolts.All nuts and bolts must be kept properly tightened at all
times.
Examine Drill Rods, Coupling, Drill Bits

The bits, drill rods and couplings must be checked for wear, cracks and damage. Any one of
these problems should be corrected right away. The bits should also be checked for missing
carbides.
6-46
Grease Guide Sprockets
6-47
General Information
! WARNING
repairs.
! WARNING
! WARNING
! WARNING
6-48
Lubricate All Grease Fittings

Grease all Grease Fittings every 50 hours. Use the Hour Meter in the Left Side Front Encloser
as a guide when servicing the drill or rotary head. The Hour Meter indicates the total number
of hours the machine has been in operation.
Maintenance intervals are base of normal operating conditions. Severe operating conditions
will require shorter maintenance intervals. Under severe conditions, grease all Grease Fittings
prior to 50 hours if necessary.
6-49
Check Feed Chain Tensioning

Because it will stretch with use, it is necessary to make periodic adjustments to the feed chain.
If the feed chain is loose or slack (the chain has more than 1” to 2” og play) with the Rotary
Head at the top of the Guide, adjust the Tensioning (or Jacking) Bolts at the top of the Guide
until the chain has between 1” to 2” of play.
1. Move the drill guide to a horizontal position, low enough to mount the Grease
Adapter to the top of the drill guide.
2. An adapter is supplied with the drill in the Ship Kit. Mount this adapter onto a
grease gun.
3. If the feed adjustment cylinder is half way extended, a section of chain link has
to be removed by using supplied chain removing tool. This is to prevent the
tension cylinder from buckling and collapsing. The feed chain can then be
adjusted by following above procedures.
4. Slide the adapter over the Tensioning Cylinder Grease Port.
5. Pump the Grease Gun until the Tension Cylinder moves and tightens the Feed
Chain
6. Adjust the Feed Chain until it has less than 1/2 inch play.
6-50
Check Track Tensioning

The following track maintenance must be carried out as part of the 50 hour routine
maintenance schedule.
One of the more critical factors in undercarriage wear is proper track adjustment.
a. Tracks that are too tight will cause rapid wear at the idler bearings and drive
bearing as well as at the pins and bushings of the chain. This can put extra
stress on both the undercarriage and the drive train components, while wasting
horsepower, thus causing higher fuel consumption.
b. Tracks that are too loose do not fit properly on the front idler. They will slide
especially when driving forward or backward. The sliding will cause rapid wear
at the chain links. Tracks that are too loose can create too much back bending,
snaking and poor footing which causes needless wear on roller flanges,
sprocket teeth and track guides.
Proper track adjustment will vary with soil conditions and drill application. For example,
packing takes up slack, thus creating a tight track. With an excavator type chain, internal pin
and bushing wear causes track to loosen and offset the tight track caused by packing. Proper
track adjustment is important if long life and full track value are to be received.
Check Track Tension
1. Propel the drill in the direction of the idlers. Stop with one track pin directly over
the top carrier roller as shown below.
2. Place a straight edge on top of the shoe grousers between the top carrier roller
and the front idler.
3. The correct Sag (distance from the bottom of the straight edge to the top of the
track shoe) is .50 to 1 inch (12.7 to 25.4 mm). If the measurement is not within
this range, the tracks need adjustment.
6-51
Adjusting Track Tension
1. Remove the Inspection Cover.

2. To tighten the track, use a grease gun (3) to pump grease through the
lubrication fitting (1) and into the Chain Tension Cylinder (2) until the proper
tension is reached.
3. To loosen the track, loosen the lubrication fitting (1) on the track adjuster and
allow the grease to run out of the Chain Tension Cylinder (2). Do not remove
this fitting. Once the proper tension is reached, thighten the lubrication fitting.
4. Adjust the Track Chain until it has between .50 to 1 inch (12.7 to 25.4 mm).
6-52
Check Battery Level
! WARNING
Batteries contain an acid and can cause injury. Skin and eye contact with
battery fluid can cause injury. Avoid skin and eye contact with battery
fluid. If contact occurs, flush area immediately with water.
! WARNING
Battery fumes can ignite and explode. Do not smoke when observing
battery fluid level.
Electrolyte Level
1. Check the electrolyte level and keep the electrolyte level above the plates.
2. Refill with distilled water if necessary.
! CAUTION
Over filling can cause poor performance or early failure.
Batteries, Clamps AND Cables

The standard batteries supplied are heavy duty lead acid type, requiring the following
maintenance.
1. Keep the top of the batteries clean.

2. Clean the terminals.
3. Keep battery connections tight.
4. Apply a small amount of grease to the terminal connections to prevent
corrosion.
5. Inspect the cables, clamps and hold down brackets. Replace if necessary.
6-53
6.6 - FIRST 100 HOUR ONLY MAINTENANCE
General Information
! WARNING
repairs.
! WARNING
! WARNING
! WARNING
6-54
Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters

Change the Engine Oil and Oil Filter after the first 100 Hours of Operation.
! WARNING
Avoid direct contact of hot oil with your skin. Hot oil can cause personal
injury.
! WARNING
! WARNING
Do not drain the oil when the engine is cold. As the oil cools, suspended waste particles settle
on the bottom of the oil pan. The waste particles are not removed with the draining cold oil.
Drain the crankcase with the engine stopped. Drain the crankcase with the oil warm. This
draining method allows the waste particles that are suspended in the oil to be drained properly.
Failure to follow this recommended procedure will cause the waste particles to be recirculated
through the engine lubrication system with the new oil.
6-55
Drain the Engine Oil
1. Position the drill on a stable, level surface and shut off engine. Wait at least 5
minutes after shutting off engine to drain the oil. This allows time for the oil to
drain into the oil pan.
2. Ensure oil is warm by viewing water temperature gauge. The temperature
should not exceed 140°F. (60°C.) before draining oil.
3. Place container, with a capacity of at least 50 Quarts (48 liters), under the drain
port.
4. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain from the drain port into a
container.
5. After the oil has completely drained, clean the drain plug and sealing surface.
Inspect the threads for damage.
6. Install the drain plug. Torque to 59 ft.-lbs (80 Nm)
7. Dispose of used oil properly.
6-56
Replace Engine Oil Filters

Change the engine oil filter at the same time the engine oil is changed.
! WARNING
Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain
into the ground. Dispose of properly.
1. Place a container with a capacity of at least 3 quarts (2.84 liter) under the
engine oil filter.
2. Clean the area around the lubricating oil filter head. Remove the filter(s) with
an Oil Filter Strap Wrench Assembly.
NOTICE
The O-ring can stick on the filter head. Make sure it is removed.
6-57
3. Discard the filter(s) if they are not needed for a failure analysis. Dispose of the
used filters in compliance with local regulations.
4. If failure analysis is needed, cut all the way around the top of the oil filter(s)
using a pipe cutter or hack saw. Inspect the pleated paper element for metal
debris. Metal debris in the filter can reveal an impending engine failure. If debris
is found, find the reason for the debris and perform the needed repairs.
Due to normal wear and friction, it is not uncommon to find small amounts of
debris in the oil filter. Consult the manufacturer in order to arrange for a further
analysis if an excessive amount of debris is found in the oil filter.
5. Clean around the sealing surface of the filter mounting base. Ensure that all of
the old seal is removed before installing the new filter.
6. Fill the oil filters with clean lubricating oil. The lack of lubrication during the
delay until the filters are pumped full of oil is harmful to the engine.
7. Apply a film of clean engine oil to the seal of the new oil filter before installing.
6-58
8. Install the filter as specified by the filter manufacturer. Most filters have their
instructions printed on the side of the filter. Tighten the oil filter until the oil filter
gasket contacts the base. Tighten the oil filter by hand according to the
instructions that are shown on the oil filter.
NOTE: Do not over-tighten the oil filter.
! CAUTION
Mechanical over-tightening can distort the threads or damage the filter
element seal.
6-59
Fill the Engine Crankcase

The refill capacities for the engine crankcase reflect the approximate capacity of the crankcase
or sump plus standard oil filters. Auxiliary oil filter systems will require additional oil.
Engine Series Oil Specification Approximate Refill

Capacities
Quarts Liters
Tier IIl Series CaterpillarC-11 Tier III 42 40
rated at 385 H.P. (287 kW)
at 1800 R.P.M.
1. Remove the oil filler cap and fill the engine crankcase with the proper amount
of oil.
2. Start the engine and run at idle speed.
3. Inspect for leaks at the oil filter(s) and the drain plug.
4. Shut off the engine. Wait approximately 5minutes to let the oil drain from the
upper parts of the engine.
5. Check the oil level. The dipstick is located next to the engine oil filter.
6. Add oil as necessary to bring the oil level to the “H” (High) mark on the dipstick.
6-60
Fuel Filters
Change the Secondary Fuel Filter and clean the Primary Fuel Filter at the first 100 Hours of
Operation.
! WARNING
! WARNING
1. Clean the area around the fuel filter heads.

2. Place a suitable container under the primary fuel filter-water separator to collect
escaping fuel when draining.
about 2-1/2 turns until draining occurs. Drain the filter sump of fuel.
! CAUTION
6-61
5. Unscrew the Secondary Filter and discard in accordance with local guidelines.
6. Use a clean, lint-free towel to clean the sealing surface on the filter head.
Ensure no pieces of old seal remain on the filter head.
7. Apply a light coating of clean diesel fuel to the surface of the filter gasket.
8. Install the filter onto the filter head. Turn the filter until the gasket touches the
surface of the filter head.
NOTICE
Do not fill the fuel filters with fuel before installing them. The fuel would
not be filtered and could be contaminated. Contaminated fuel will cause
accelerated wear to fuel system parts.
9. Tighten the filter an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn after gasket touches the filter
head surface. Do not over-tighten the filter.
10. Check the engine and connections for fuel leaks.
11. Pump the Primer at the top of the filter head until resistance prevents the primer
to pump anymore.
12. Start the engine and check for leaks. Run the engine for one minute. Stop the
engine and check for leaks again.
NOTICE
Leaks are difficult to detect while the engine is running. The primary filter/
water separator is under suction. A leak will allow air to enter the fuel. The
air in the fuel can cause low power due to aeration of the fuel. If air enters
the fuel, check the components for over-tightening or under-tightening.
6-62
Change Compressor Oil FIlter

Change the Compressor Oil Filter at the first 100 Hours of Operation.
NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure fluids are contained during any inspection
or when work is performed on this component. Handle and dispose of
fluids according to local regulations and mandates.
! WARNING
Hot oil or components can burn. Oil must be at normal operating
temperature when draining. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do
not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly.
1. Wipe all the external dirt and oil from the filter housing and the head area to
minimize contamination from entering the system.
6-63
2. Place an EPA approved container under the compressor oil filters to collect any
oil escaping during removal and prevent any oil spill from contaminating the
ground.
3. Unscrew the filters and discard used filters in accordance with local guidelines.
4. Clean the sealing surface of filter heads.
5. If necessary, replace the O-ring seals of the dual filter head.
6. Fill the new filters with clean compressor oil and lubricate the O-ring seal with
clean oil.
7. Install a new filters as specified in the parts manual.
8. After startup, check the compressor oil filters for any leaks at operating
temperatures.
6-64
Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters

Change the Hydraulic Oil Filters at the first 100 Hours of Operation.
The main Hydraulic Oil Filters are the Return Filters, with a 25 PSI Bypass, located at the
Hydraulic Tank.
NOTICE
! WARNING
Change Hydraulic Return Filters
1. Follow all local and federal regulations concerning the handling of hydraulic
fluid.
2. The engine must not be running and the fluid temperature must be below
120ºF.
3. Wipe all external dirt and oil from the filter and head area to minimize
contamination from entering the system.
6-65
4. Place a container under the oil filters to prevent any oil spill from contaminating
the ground.
5. Unscrew the four bolts on top of each filter canister assembly that holds the
canister to the filter head assembly.
6. Pull the canister down and off of the filter head assembly. Pour any oil in the
canister into the container, then wipe out the canister with clean cloth. Cover
the opening with a clean cloth to keep the inside of the canister clean and set
it aside.
7. Repeat the process for the other canister.
8. Remove and replace the canister o-rings on the filter head assembly.
9. Remove the filter element and place it into the container under the filter
assembly.
10. Place a new filter element onto the filter head.
11. Lightly coat the canister o-rings with grease before slipping the canisters back
onto the filter head assembly.
12. Replace the bolts to the filter canister assemblies and tighten them onto the
filter head assembly.
13. After starting the drill, check the hydraulic return filter assembly for leaks.
6-66
Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter

Change the Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter at the first 100 Hours of Operation.
The Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter is a strainer
NOTICE
! WARNING
fluid.
120ºF.
3. Locate the Drill/Tram Valve located in the left, front enclosure door.
6-67
4. Slowly remove the Filter Bypass Cap from the Drill/Tram Manifold Block.
5. Remove the Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter from the manifold and dispose of it
according to local regulations and mandates.
6. Install the new Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter, then install the Filter Bypass Cap and
tighten.
7. Start the drill and check for leaks.
6-68
Change Final Drive Oil

Change the Final Drive Oil at the first 100 Hours of Operation.
! WARNING
temperature when draining. Avoid contact with hot oil or components.
1. Position the transmission so that the oil drain plug is positioned vertically at its
lowest point (about 6 o’clock). The oil filler plug should then be on the left or
right outside of the transmission middle.
2. Clean the area around the Check and Fill Plugs and the Drain Plug.
3. Place an oil collection container underneath the transmission.
4. Undo and remove oil filler plug, oil level check plug, and oil drain plug.
5. Drain oil completely.
6. Insert drain plug with new washer and tighten.
! WARNING
The transmission must be filled with fresh, clean oil.
7. Fill with oil until the level has reached the oil level Check port. Insert Check and
Fill Plugs, then tighten.
6-69
General Information
! WARNING
repairs.
! WARNING
! WARNING
! WARNING
6-70
Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters

Change the Engine Oil and Oil Filter after the first 250 Hours of Operation.
! WARNING
Avoid direct contact of hot oil with your skin. Hot oil can cause personal
injury.
! WARNING
! WARNING
Do not drain the oil when the engine is cold. As the oil cools, suspended waste particles settle
on the bottom of the oil pan. The waste particles are not removed with the draining cold oil.
Drain the crankcase with the engine stopped. Drain the crankcase with the oil warm. This
draining method allows the waste particles that are suspended in the oil to be drained properly.
Failure to follow this recommended procedure will cause the waste particles to be recirculated
through the engine lubrication system with the new oil.
6-71
Drain the Engine Oil
1. Position the drill on a stable, level surface and shut off engine. Wait at least 5
minutes after shutting off engine to drain the oil. This allows time for the oil to
drain into the oil pan.
2. Ensure oil is warm by viewing water temperature gauge. The temperature
should not exceed 140°F. (60°C.) before draining oil.
3. Place container, with a capacity of at least 26 Quarts (25 liters), under the drain
port.
4. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain from the drain port into a
container.
5. After the oil has completely drained, clean the drain plug and sealing surface.
Inspect the threads for damage.
6. Install the drain plug. Torque to 59 ft.-lbs (80 Nm)
7. Dispose of used oil properly.
6-72
Replace Engine Oil Filters

Change the engine oil filter at the same time the engine oil is changed.
! WARNING
Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to drain
into the ground. Dispose of properly.
1. Place a container with a capacity of at least 3 quarts (2.84 liter) under the
engine oil filter.
2. Clean the area around the lubricating oil filter head. Remove the filter(s) with
an Oil Filter Strap Wrench Assembly.
NOTICE
The O-ring can stick on the filter head. Make sure it is removed.
6-73
3. Discard the filter(s) if they are not needed for a failure analysis. Dispose of the
used filters in compliance with local regulations.
4. If failure analysis is needed, cut all the way around the top of the oil filter(s)
using a pipe cutter or hack saw. Inspect the pleated paper element for metal
debris. Metal debris in the filter can reveal an impending engine failure. If debris
is found, find the reason for the debris and perform the needed repairs.
Due to normal wear and friction, it is not uncommon to find small amounts of
debris in the oil filter. Consult the manufacturer in order to arrange for a further
analysis if an excessive amount of debris is found in the oil filter.
5. Clean around the sealing surface of the filter mounting base. Ensure that all of
the old seal is removed before installing the new filter.
6. Fill the oil filters with clean lubricating oil. The lack of lubrication during the
delay until the filters are pumped full of oil is harmful to the engine.
7. Apply a film of clean engine oil to the seal of the new oil filter before installing.
6-74
8. Install the filter as specified by the filter manufacturer. Most filters have their
instructions printed on the side of the filter. Tighten the oil filter until the oil filter
gasket contacts the base. Tighten the oil filter by hand according to the
instructions that are shown on the oil filter.
NOTE: Do not over-tighten the oil filter.
! CAUTION
Mechanical over-tightening can distort the threads or damage the filter
element seal.
6-75
Fill the Engine Crankcase

The refill capacities for the engine crankcase reflect the approximate capacity of the crankcase
or sump plus standard oil filters. Auxiliary oil filter systems will require additional oil.
Engine Series Oil Specification Approximate Refill

Capacities
Quarts Liters
Tier IIl Series CaterpillarC-11 Tier III 42 40
rated at 385 H.P. (287 kW)
at 1800 R.P.M.
1. Remove the oil filler cap and fill the engine crankcase with the proper amount
of oil.
2. Start the engine and run at idle speed.
3. Inspect for leaks at the oil filter(s) and the drain plug.
4. Shut off the engine. Wait approximately 5minutes to let the oil drain from the
upper parts of the engine.
5. Check the oil level. The dipstick is located next to the engine oil filter.
6. Add oil as necessary to bring the oil level to the “H” (High) mark on the dipstick.
6-76
Fuel Filters
Change the Secondary Fuel Filter and clean the Primary Fuel Filter every 250 Hours of
operation.
! WARNING
! WARNING
1. Clean the area around the fuel filter heads.

2. Place a suitable container under the primary fuel filter-water separator to collect
escaping fuel when draining.
about 2-1/2 turns until draining occurs. Drain the filter sump of fuel.
! CAUTION
6-77
5. Unscrew the Secondary Filter and discard in accordance with local guidelines.
6. Use a clean, lint-free towel to clean the sealing surface on the filter head.
Ensure no pieces of old seal remain on the filter head.
7. Apply a light coating of clean diesel fuel to the surface of the filter gasket.
8. Install the filter onto the filter head. Turn the filter until the gasket touches the
surface of the filter head.
NOTICE
Do not fill the fuel filters with fuel before installing them. The fuel would
not be filtered and could be contaminated. Contaminated fuel will cause
accelerated wear to fuel system parts.
9. Tighten the filter an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn after gasket touches the filter
head surface. Do not over-tighten the filter.
10. Check the engine and connections for fuel leaks.
11. Pump the Primer at the top of the filter head until resistance prevents the primer
to pump anymore.
12. Start the engine and check for leaks. Run the engine for one minute. Stop the
engine and check for leaks again.
NOTICE
Leaks are difficult to detect while the engine is running. The primary filter/
water separator is under suction. A leak will allow air to enter the fuel. The
air in the fuel can cause low power due to aeration of the fuel. If air enters
the fuel, check the components for over-tightening or under-tightening.
6-78
Engine Coolant Conditioner

The Engine Coolant Conditioner is a Supplemental Coolant Aditive (SCA) that must be
changed every 250 Hours of service.
NOTICE
Never use water alone without Supplimental Coolant Additives (SCA) or
without inhibited coolant. Water alone is corrosive at engine operating
temperature. Water alone does not provide adequate protection against
boiling or freezing.
NOTICE
The engine is protected against corrosion of the cooling system by
adding corrosion inhibitor to the coolant. If the engine radiator has been
topped off using only water, the additive content will become diluted and
risk of corrosion will increase.
The use of Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCA) will prevent internal damage to the engine,
such as liner or block pitting. If the concentration is too low, pitting of the cylinder wall will
occur, which can lead to costly engine damage. If the concentration is too high, sludge and
mud-like deposits may form in the cooling system. This adversely effects engine performance
and can lead to clostly repairs of the engine and cooling system.
The Engine Coolant Condition element contains the SCA needed for the cooling system.
Change the element as follows:
1. Close the coolant additive element inlet valve and the outlet valve.
2. Remove and properly dispose of the coolant additive element.

3. Clean the element mounting base. Make sure the entire old gasket is removed
6-79
4. Coat the gasket of the new SCA element with coolant to help seal it.
5. Install the SCA element and spin the element until the gasket contacts the
base. Tighten 3/4 turn more by hand. DO NOT over tighten.
6. Open the inlet and outlet valves.
7. Remove the radiator filler cap slowly in case any pressure is built up in the
radiator.
8. Start the engine and check for leaks. Allow the coolant level to stabilize.
9. Add the proper pre-mixed coolant water, if necessary, to bring the coolant to
within 13 mm (1/2 inch) below the bottom of the fill pipe or to the proper level
on the sight glass.
10. Inspect the filler cap. Replace the cap if the gasket is damaged..
Screw the filler cap onto the radiator.
6-80
Clean Engine Crankcase Breather

Clean the Engine Crankcase Breather every 250 Hours of operation.
The Crankcase Breather is located at the top of the engine on the oil fill side and toward the
fan belt end of the engine. The Crankcase Breather must be maintained on a regular basis or
the Crankcase Breather will become plugged. A plugged breather will cause excessive
crankcase pressure which may cause the Crankcase Seal to leak.
NOTICE
This maintenance must be performed with the engine stopped. If the
engine is running, contaminants may enter the engine.
1. Loosen the hose clamp and remove the hose from the breather cover.
2. Loosen four bolts for the breather cover and remove the breather cover.
6-81
3. Remove the breather element and wash the breather element in solvent that is
clean and nonflammable. Allow the breather element to dry.
4. Install a breather element that is clean and dry. Install the breather cover and
install the bolts. Torque the bolts to 9 ft. lbs (12 Nm).
5. Install the hose and hose clamp. If a new hose clamp is required, use a
Constant Torque Hose Clamp. Ensure the Constant Torque Hose Clamp is the
same size as the hose clamp being replaced. Due to extreme changes in
temperature, the hose will heat set which can cause hose clamps to loosen.
Loose hose clamps can leak and cause component failure. The Constant
Torque Hose Clamp will aid in the prevention of failures. Torque the Crankcase
Breather hose clamp to 40 in. lbs. (4.5 Nm) for a new clamp, or 27 in. lbs. (3.0
Nm) for a re-used clamp.
6-82
Check Air Intake System

The Air Intake System consists of the air cleaners, pre-cleaners, and piping to the compressor
unloader and the engine turbo-charger.
Service Air Intake Filters

There are two Air Intake Filter assemblies. One is the Compressor Air Cleaner and the other
is the Engine AIr Cleaner.
These air cleaners are the dry type consisting of two elements: A primary element that is
replaceable and can be cleaned, and a safety element that should only be replaced and never
cleaned.
! CAUTION
Raw, unfiltered air can cause engine and compressor damage. Never
service the air intake filters with the engine running.
NOTICE
Never leave the air cleaner open longer than necessary.
6-83
Compressor Air Cleaner
! WARNING
Before performing any service on the air cleaners, ensure the machine is
1. Clean around the edges of the Compressor Air Cleaner cover to prevent dirt
from entering the Air Compressor.
2. Loosen and remove the Clamp, then rempve the Cover.
3. Loosen and remove the Wing Nut, then pull out the Primary Element.
6-84
4. Inspect the Seal on the rear of the Primary Element. If seal looks worn or
damaged, replace the Primary Element.
5. Thoroughly wipe clean the inside of the housing BEFORE removing the Safety
(Secondary) Element.
6. Loosen and remove the Wing Nut, then pull out the Safety (Secondary)
Element.
7. Inspect the Seal on the rear of the Safety (Secondary) Element. If seal looks
worn or damaged, replace the Safety (Secondary) Element.
8. The safety element should be replaced at this time if:
•Examination of the removed primary element reveals a torn or perforated element.

•Change safety element after three primary element changes or 1 year duration.
•Change safety element if the Air Intake Resriction Light is RED after servicing the
primary element.
9. Clean the inside of the cover and the housing with a clean, damp cloth.
6-85
10. To clean the primary element, perform the following:
a. To dry clean the element, carefully direct compressed air (not to exceed
100 psi or 5 bar pressure) at an angle onto the inside surface of the element
from no closer than 1 inch from the filter.
b.To wet clean the element, soak for 15minutes in lukewarm water, not
exceeding 160F (71C),mixed with a commercially available detergent.
Rinse till water runs clear (40 psi maximum). After the cleaning, the element
must be thoroughly dry before using. Do not use compressed air to dry
element.
NOTICE
Replace the primary element after six cleaning’s or annually, whichever
comes first.
You will probably find that the carrier engine uses a vacuator valve on the air
cleaner that is mounted outside on the back side of the carrier cab.
11. Carefully install the cleaned or new primary element and secure it with the wing
nut and washer.
6-86
12. Install the dust cover.

13. Inspect all air intake piping and joints between the air cleaners and the engine
air and the compressor air inlets to ensure that no dusty air can enter.
14. Ensure all clamps are tight.
6-87
Engine Air Cleaner
! WARNING
Before performing any service on the air cleaners, ensure the machine is
1. Clean around the edges of the Engine Air Cleaner Primary Element Seal to
prevent dirt from entering the Engine.
2. Unscrew the Wing Nut. Carefully withdraw the Primary Air Cleaner Element. Be
aware that the Seal and Coaver are attached to the Primary Element.
3. Inspect the Seal on the rear of the Primary Element. If the seal looks worn or
damaged, replace the Primary Element.
6-88
4. Thoroughly wipe clean the inside of the housing BEFORE removing the Safety
(Secondary) Element.
5. Inspect the safety element restriction indicator (Safety Signal). If the indicator
is RED, replace the safety element.
NOTE: Make sure the safety element wing nut is tight. Never attempt to
clean a safety element. You must change the safety element after three
primary element changes or as indicated bny the Safety Service
Indicator.
6. The Safety Element should be replaced at this time if:
• Examination of the Primary Element reveals a torn or perforated element.

• Change the Safety Element after three Primary Element changes or 1 year
duration.
• Change the Safety Element when the Safety Element Restriction Indicator is
RED.
• Change the Safety Element when the Intake Air Restriction Light is lit
7. Use a clean, damp cloth and wipe the housing clean, then mount the new
Safety Element. Screw the Restriction Indicator onto the threaded rod until it
securely holds the Safety Element sealed in place
6-89
8. To clean the primary element, perform the following:
a. To dry clean the element, carefully direct compressed air (not to exceed
100 psi or 5 bar pressure) at an angle onto the inside surface of the element
from no closer than 1 inch from the filter.
b.To wet clean the element, soak for 15minutes in lukewarm water, not
exceeding 160F (71C),mixed with a commercially available detergent.
Rinse till water runs clear (40 psi maximum). After the cleaning, the element
must be thoroughly dry before using. Do not use compressed air to dry
element.
NOTICE
Replace the primary element after six cleaning’s or annually, whichever
comes first.
9. Install the cleaned or new Primary Element. Tighten the Wingnut until the
Primary Element is sealed.
6-90
Vacuator Valves
The carrier engine uses vacuator valves on the air cleaners. A quick check to
see that the vacuator valves are not inverted, damaged or plugged is all that is
necessary.
Air Cleaner Service Tips

Following simple service tips will keep the air cleaners working at their best to protect the
engineand the compressor continuously.
1. Let the Intake Air Restriction Indicator on the console be the guide to service
needs.
2. Service the elements only when the restriction reaches the service level
recommended by the engine or equipment manufacturer. It’s only above that
point that air cleaner restriction begins to reduce performance levels.
6-91
3. If the engine or compressor performance is poor, but restriction is still within

limits, don’t change that element!. The air cleaner is probably not at fault.
4. To get extra service hours out of each filter element, make sure the air inlet is
away from any heavy dust clouds caused by operation. And make sure exhaust
carbon cannot enter the air cleaner.
5. Check to see that all connections are tight and leak-free and that breakaway
joints, both intake and exhaust, are aligned and sealing.
6-92
6. Make sure that the vacuator valve, on air cleaners so equipped, is not plugged.
Is the cup joint sealing? This should take care of most air cleaner related
performance problems.
7.When restriction readings finally indicate a change, remove the primary element
very carefully. Use a damp cloth to wipe out all the excess dust in the air
cleaner.
8. If you reuse the elements, clean them with care. Rapping, tapping or pounding
dust out of them is dangerous. Severe damage to the filter will result.
6-93
9. A thorough cleaning with air or water is recommended in many cases. But be

careful. Too much pressure can break the filter paper and destroy the element.
10. Carefully check new or properly cleaned elements for damage before installing.
11. Never attempt to clean a safety element. Change safety elements only after
three primary element changes or as indicated by a safety signal service
indicator.
12. Make it a habit not to disturb the element until restriction again reaches the
service limit.
6-94
Air Intake Piping

The Air Intake Piping is the series of tubes and elbows from the Air Cleaners to the
Compressor Unloader and the Engine Turbo-Charger.
1. Check the elbows for cracks and air leaks.

2. Ensure the clamps are tight.
3. Inspect the tubing for holes, cracks, or corrosion.
4. Replace any damages parts of the Air Intake Piping.
6-95
Check Engine Shutdown System

Check the Emergency Engine Shutdown System Every 250 Hours of Operation. The CM780
Drill has three Emergency Engine Shutdown switches, one on the console, one in the left front
enclosure door and on in the rear enclosure door. These switches work independently.
Pushing any switch will shut down the machine.
The Emergency Engine Shutdown switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel system
is energized. If the light goes out, it normally means that the engine fuel system is not
operating. Pushing the emergency stop button switch shuts off power to the fuel valve which
stops fuel flow and shuts the engine down. Turning the key switch does the same thing.All
engines are “energized to run”, which means the fuel system must be energized in order to
pump fuel.
6-96

Change the Final Drive Oil at the first 250 Hours of Operation.
! WARNING
2. Clean the area around the check and fill plugs and the drain plug.
4. Remove oil level check plug. The oil level should at the oil level check port.
5. If the level is low, add oil.
6. If the oil looks contaminated, drain the oil completely.
7. Insert drain plug and tighten.
! WARNING
8. Fill with oil until the level has reached the oil level check port. Insert check and
fill plugs, then tighten.
6-97
Check Rotary Head Mounting Plate Wear Pads

Check the Rotary Head Mounting Plate Wear Pads every 250 hours of operation
1. Move the Drill Guide to a horizontal position, low enough to view and measure
the Rotary Head Mounting Plate Wear Pads..
2. Locate the Wear Pads under the Rotary Head Mounting Plate.
6-98
3. Measure the distance between the Rotary Head Plate Wear Pads and the
Guide. If the measurement exceeds .125 in (3.175 mm), replace the wearpads.
4. To replace the Wearpads on the Rotary Head Plate, unbolt the Wearpad
Assembly and remove the assembly. Discard the Drake Nuts as they must be
replaced once removed. Add the new Wearpads to the Shim Pack, then
remount the assembly using only the bottom part of the Drake Nuts.
5. Measure the distance between the Wear Pad and the Guide. The distance
should be .030 in. (.762 mm) which will allow the Rotary Head full travel up and
down the Guide.
6. Torque the bottom (narrow) part of the Drake Nuts to 600 ft. lbs. (813.49 Nm).
Mount the top (wider) part of the Drake Nuts and torque to 350 ft. lbs (474.53
Nm) to lock the Drake Nuts.
7. Move the Rotary Head up and down the Guide to ensure free movement. The
Rotary Head Wear Pads are now ready for use.
6-99
General Information
! WARNING
repairs.
! WARNING
! WARNING
! WARNING
6-100
Change Compressor Oil FIlter

Change the Compressor Oil Filter at the first 500 Hours of Operation.
NOTICE
! WARNING
1. Wipe all the external dirt and oil from the filter housing and the head area to
minimize contamination from entering the system.
6-101
2. Place a container under the compressor oil filter to collect any oil escaping
during removal and prevent any oil spill from contaminating the ground.
3. Unscrew the filter and discard used filter in accordance with local guidelines.
4. Clean the sealing surface of filter head.
5. If necessary, replace the O-ring seals of the dual filter head.
6. Fill the new filters with clean compressor oil and lubricate the O-ring seal with
clean oil.
7. Install a new filter as specified in the parts manual.
8. After startup, check the compressor oil filter for any leaks at operating
temperatures.
6-102
Compressor Oil Change

Under normal operating conditions, the compressor oil must be changed every 500 hours as
part of a routine maintenance program.
! WARNING
Oil must be at normal operating temperature when draining. Hot oil or
components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not
allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly.
1. Position drill on stable, level surface and shutdown the engine.

2. The best time to drain the receiver separator tank oil is when the oil is warm. At
that time the sediment in the receiver separator is in suspension and will drain
with the old oil. Temperature should not exceed 140°F (60°C) before draining
oil.
3. Release all pressure from the tank.
6-103
! WARNING
Do not attempt to remove any plugs before making sure all air pressure
has been relieved from the system.
4. Place a container with a capacity of at least 15 gallons (68.2 liters) under the
drain cap.
5. Remove the drain cap at the back of the frame, under the Water Injection Tank.
6. Open the Drain Ball Valve and allow the fluid to drain into the container. Once
the Separator Tank is drained, close the ball valve, then clean and replace the
drain cap.
6-104
7. Dispose of the used oil in accordance with local guidelines.
! WARNING
8. Clean around the Oil Filler Plug and then remove it.
9. Refill the Receiver Separator Tank through the Oil Filler. Fill with compressor
oil to the full mark on the level gauge.
10. Clean and replace the Oil Filler Plug.
6-105
Examine Compressed Air Hoses and Clamps

Examine for and change out worn hoses and weakened Boss clamps. If the hoses are to be
changed out, change the Boss clamps also. These Boss clamps hold the hose connections
under a large amount of air pressure. The following instructions pertain to the proper way to
install the Dixon Boss Clamps. Follow these instructions when changing out these clamps.
DIXON Boss Clamp Selection and Installation

SAFETY INFORMATION
MSHA (Mine Safety and Health Administration) Regulations
30 CFR Sections 56.13021 and 57.13021
Except where automatic shutoff valves are used, safety chains or other suitable locking
devices shall be used at connections to machines of high pressure hose line of 3/4" inside
diameter or larger, and between high pressure hose lines of 3/4" inside diameter or larger,
where a connection failure would create a hazard.
30 CFR Section 75.1730
(e) Safety chains, suitable locking devices, or automatic cut-off valves shall be used at
connections to machines of high pressure hose lines of 3/4 of an inch inside diameter or larger,
and between high pressure hose lines of 3/4 of an inch inside diameter or larger, where a
connection failure would create a hazard. For purposes of this paragraph, high pressure
means pressure of 100 PSI (6.9 bar) or more.
30 CFR Section 77.412
(d) Safety chains or suitable locking devices shall be used at connections to machines of high
pressure hose line of 1-inch inside diameter or larger, and between high pressure hose line of
1-inch inside diameter or larger, where a connection failure would create a hazard.
S.T.A.M.P.E.D.
When fabricating and specifying hose assemblies, ask the following questions:
1. Size:
What is the I.D. (Inside Diameter) of the hose? What is the O.D. (Outside
Diameter) of both ends of the hose? What is the overall length of the assembly
required?
2. Temperature:
What is the temperature range of the media (product) that is flowing through the
hose assembly? What is the temperature range of the environment that
surrounds the outside of the hose assembly?
3. Application:
How is the hose assembly actually being used? Is it a pressure application? Is
it a vacuum (suction) application? Is it a gravity flow application? Are there any
special requirements that the hose assembly is expected to perform? Is the
hose being used in a horizontal or vertical position? Are there any pulsations or
6-106
vibrations acting on the hose assembly?

4. Media:
What is the media/material that is flowing through the hose assembly? Being
specific is critical. Check for: Abrasive materials, chemical compatibility, etc.
5. Pressure:
What is the maximum pressure including surges (or, maximum vacuum) that
this hose assembly will be subjected to? Always rate the maximum working
pressure of your hose assembly by the lowest rated component in the system.
6. Ends:
What couplings have been requested by the user? Are they the proper fittings
for the application and hose selected.
7. Dixon:
Dixon recommends that, based on the hose, fittings and attachment method
used, all assemblies be permanently marked with the designed working
pressure and intended media. Do not use other manufacturer's fittings or
ferrules with Dixon products due to the differences in dimensions and
tolerances. We also recommend that all hose assemblies be tested frequently.
Be Safe: Any questions on application, use or assembly contact your local
Atlas Copco dealer or distributor.
6-107
1. Force is the dynamic power which is exported longitudinally through a hose,

towards the ends. To arrive at the number of pounds of force exerted, you
multiply the area of the I.D. time the working pressure being used.
2. Area of a circle: – x r (PI[3.1416] times radius squared)
3. Force = Area x Pressure
6-108
GENERAL PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS

The following contains general procedures that relate to all assemblies in terms of preparation.
1. Cutting the Hose - Two terms are used:
a. Cut to length means cut the hose to the length requested excluding the
length of the fitting(s).
b. Overall Length (O.A.L.) refers to the overall length of the assembly
including fittings.
Example: The hose has to be cut to a certain length so that when couplings
are installed the length of entire assembly is the required overall length. The
calculation below describes the steps to determine hose length to be cut to
obtain the required overall length.
O.A.L = requirement is 50 ft. (This is the total length of the assembly).
Fitting Length = 7 inches (This is the overall length of the fitting).
Shank Length = 4 inches (This is length of the fitting that is inserted into
the hose).
2. Cut Ends Square - Hose ends must be cut square (90_ to the length of the
hose) for proper coupling insertion. Improper insertion can reduce coupling
retention.
3. Clean Hose Ends - Debris left inside the hose from the cutting process must
be removed prior to coupling insertion. This is especially important when an
abrasive wheel or chop saw" is used to make a cut. Debris will reduce coupling
retention.
4. Determine number of clamps required
6-109
5. Mark Hose for Proper Clamp Placement - The Boss Clamps and Air King
Clamps do not require a hose marking for placement. because the clamp's
gripping finger positions the clamp automatically.
6. Static Grounding - When static grounding is required it's essential that it be
done properly. Typically, it is accomplished by bending the built-in static wire or
the helical wire (or wires) into the hose I.D. (Inside Diameter) so that the wire
or the wires make contact with the metal coupling. Bend in no more wire than
necessary. One half inch is usually sufficient. Other methods of static
grounding may be required due to hose type, hose manufacturer or style of
coupling being installed. Always contact the hose manufacturer to verify proper
static grounding techniques for that particular hose. Improper static grounding
can lead to fire, explosions reduced assembly life, damage to property and
injury or death to personnel.
7. Hoses with Helical Wire - Determine which direction the helical wire is
pointing. Proper installation of pre-formed band clamps or bands and buckles
relies upon proper orientation of the clamp tail with the helical wire. Note: If
helical wire is not used for static grounding, trim the wire flush with the hose.
This will prevent operator injuries during the assembly.
8. Seal the Hose Ends - At each end of the hose, the reinforcement is exposed
to the outside elements. This exposure can lead to premature assembly failure
especially if the end of the assembly is laying in a puddle of water or puddle of
product. If assembly is to be subjected to these conditions, the hose ends must
be sealed. Typically, rubber cement or shellac can be used. Wire reinforce
hoses can corrode to the point of failure near the clamp. Textile or fabric
reinforced hoses can wick" water or product to anywhere in the length of the
hose and exit the cover at the weakest spot.
9. Apply Coupling Lubricant - Lubricate the coupling shank and hose inside
diameter prior to the coupling insertion. Dixon recommends using Dixon
Coupling Lubricant (DCL10 pint, DCL80 gallon). Do not use hand soap, oil,
grease, WD40, Silicon Spray or other similar substances that may attack the
hose tube material and / or reduce coupling retention.
6-110
DIXON DIAMETER TAPE PROCEDURE

All Dixon clamping devises ("Boss" Clamps, Double Bolt Clamps, Single Bolt Clamps, T" Bolt
Clamps, Holedall Ferrules, etc.) have a minimum and maximum hose O.D. (Outside Diameter)
range. To ensure proper coupling performance, it is imperative that the clamping devise
selected be the correct size for the hose O.D. being used.
Accurate hose O.D. measurement is achieved by using a Diameter Tape. Both ends of the
hose must be measured due to the variances allowed by the hose manufacturers in their
production tolerances. In addition, the hose manufacturers change dimensional specifications
on their products without prior notification.
Procedure
1. Grasping the tape buckle, pull several inches of tape from the case.
2. One side of the tape is a regular ruler. The other side of the tape is marked
INCHES OF DIA. BY 64THS. (See “A" on Diagram 1). This is the side of the
tape used to measure hose O.D.
3. To understand how the diameter tape works, do the following:
a. Locate the numbers (1,2,3,etc.) with a line the width of the tape to the right
of it (See B" in Diagram 1). These represent inches of diameter.
b. The numbers 16", 32", and 48" are reference numbers (See D" in Diagram
1). They represent 16/64ths, 32/64ths and 48/64ths of an inch respectively.
c. Each hash marks between these two numbers represents 1/64th of an inch
(See C" in Diagram 1).
These numbers, when combined as outlined below, convert the hose
circumference into inches of diameter.
4. To measure the hose O.D. with the diameter tape, do the following:
a. With the diameter side of the tape facing up, loop the tape around the end
of the hose to be measured keeping the loop two to three inches from the
hose end.
b. While the tape is being looped around the hose, keep the buckle to the
bottom of the loop.
c. Making sure that the tape is as flat on the hose as possible. Pull the tape
tight.
d. The line to the right of INCHES OF DIA. BY 64THS." should line up with one
of the inches of diameter marks, reference number marks or hash marks
above it.
6-111
5. To read the hose O.D. just measured in step 4, do the following:
a. Determine the inches of diameter number. If the line from Step 4d above
lines up with one of these numbers, this is your outside diameter (See
Diagram 2). If line from Step 4d above lines up with a reference the number
to the LEFT of an inches of diameter number, see step 5b below.
b. Locate the reference number (if needed) to the LEFT of inches of diameter
number determined by the line from Step 4d above. The outside diameter
will be the inches of diameter number from Step 5a above PLUS the 64ths
represented by the reference number (See Diagram 3). If the line from Step
4d above is to the left of a reference number, see Step 5c.
c. Locate the hash mark (if needed) to the LEFT of the reference number
determined by the line from Step 4d. The outside diameter will be the
inches of diameter from Step 5a PLUS the 64ths represented by reference
number from Step 5b PLUS the number of hash marks from the reference
number including the one above the line from Step 4d (See Diagram 4).
Diagram 2:
Diagram 3:
6-112
Diagram 4:
6-113
BOSS CLAMPS
6-114
6-115
Note:
1. The bolts used in the Boss interlocking clamps are not standard bolts. They
vary from standard bolts in their length, diameter, overall thread length and
material hardness. These bolts can be re-torqued, but it is not recommended
that they be reused, as they are designed for a single bend only. Dixon
recommends using only factory supplied replacement bolts.
2. Torque values for clamps are based on dry bolts. The use of lubricant on bolts
will adversely effect clamp performance.
3. Do not lubricate bolts.
4. Recommended torque rating is in ft./lbs.
6-116
Boss" Clamp Selection
1. Measure the hose Free" O.D. (Outside Diameter) with a diameter tape. Free"
O.D. is the outside diameter before the stem is inserted.
2. Determine the hose I.D. (Inside Diameter).
3. On the Boss Clamp Chart, locate the Hose I.D." column.
4. Locate the section of clamps in that column that correspond with the hose I.D.
5. From that section of the clamps, find the clamp that has an O.D. range in the
Hose O.D. From / To column that best fits the hose O.D. just measured.
Additional Information
1. For steam hose, select the clamp that has a maximum range as close to (but
not smaller than) the measured hose O.D. This will allow the clamp to be re-
tightened many times to adjust for Cold-Flow" which speeds up with increased
temperature and /or hot/cold cycles.
2. For hard wall constructed hose (wire present) with an O.D. at or near the
clamp's maximum range, use of the next largest clamp may be required. See
Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine proper clamp fit.
3. For soft wall constructed hose (no wire present) having an O.D. at or near
clamp's minimum range, use of the next smallest clam may be required. See
Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine proper clamp fit.
Notes:
1. Use of an incorrectly sized Boss" clamp can result in damage to property and
serious injury to personnel.
2. Refer to the DIXON DIAMETER TAPE PROCEDURE" for instructions on how
to read a diameter tape.
3. Refer to INSTALLATION OF BOSS 2 BOLT CLAMP" for assembly techniques
when using a two bolt Boss" clamp.
when using a four bolt Boss" clamp.
when using a six bolt Boss" clamp.
6-117
Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp

Notes:
1. Sufficient fit criteria provides inspection guidelines when the clamp has been
assembled in accordance with prescribed Procedure and all of the bolts are
tightened to 150 FT/LBS. FOR 3 INCH CLAMP, 60 FT/LBS FOR THE 2-1/2
AND 2 INCH CLAMPS.
2. The failure to adhere to these guidelines could produce poor clamp
performance, leaking assemblies or even separation of hose and coupling that
may cause property damage and /or serious injury to personnel.
Minimum Range
1. 1/32" clearance between clamp halves (both sides) for clamps that are
designed to fit 1/4" I.D. through 2" I.D. hose.
2. 1/16" clearance between clamp halves (both sides for 4 bolt clamps) or all
segments (6 bolt clamps) for clamps designed to fit 2-1/2" I.D. through 6" I.D.
hose.
3. 1/32" clearance between clamp gripping fingers (all gripping fingers) and stem
groove for all sizes.
Maximum Range
1. 1/32" interlock between the clamp gripping finger and stem collar (all gripping
fingers) for clamps designed to fit 1/4" I.D. through 2" I.D.
2. 1/16" interlock between the clamp gripping finger and stem collar (all gripping
fingers) for clamps designed to fit 2-1/2" I.D. through 6" I.D.
3. 1/32" interlock between dovetail extensions (both sides) for clamps designed
to fit 1/4" I.D. through 2" I.D. hose.
4. 1/16" interlock between dovetail extensions on both sides (4 bolt clamps) or all
segments (6 bolt clamps) for clamps designed to fit 2-1/2" I.D. through 6" I.D.
hose.
6-118
INSTALLATION OF BOSS 2 BOLT CLAMP
Procedure
1. Prepare the hose. Refer to GENERAL PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS".

2. Place the stem in a vise.
a. For male stems, tighten the vise on the hex.

b. For female stems (wing nut), place a spud in the vice, tighten and then
thread the wing nut onto the spud.
3. Select the proper Boss Clamp. Refer to Boss Clamp Selection".
4. Position the clamp gripping fingers behind the stem collar as illustrated above.
5. Tighten the bolts by hand until there is equal thread engagement. Note: When
hose O.D. is at or near clamp maximum range, starting of nuts on bolts may
require squeezing clamp halves in a vise.
6. Bolt tightening sequence is as follows:
a. Front bolt, 1 full turn.

b. Opposite side front bolt, 1 full turn.
c. Repeat 1" and 2" until all bolts are tightened to recommended torque value
listed on BOSS CLAMPS" chart. Torque values are based upon dry bolts".
Lubricant on bolts will adversely effect clamp performance. Use a torque
wrench.
d. Remove assembly from vise.
7. Test assembly if required. Refer to TESTING".
Notes:
1. Clamp bolts are designed to bend during tightening. This bending" allows the
clamp to conform to the hose circumference.
6-119
2. Periodic bolt re-tightening is necessary due to Cold-Flow" present in all rubber

hoses.
3. Boss clamps (including the nuts and bolts) are for single use only. Do not reuse.
Once removed, discard.
4. Refer to Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine proper
assembly.
6-120
Notes:

hoses.
2. Boss clamps (including nuts and bolts) are for single use only! Once removed,
discard.
Process


4. Position the clamp gripping fingers behind the stem collar as illustrated above.
5. Tighten the bolts by hand until there is equal thread engagement. Note: When
hose O.D. is at or near clamp maximum range, starting of nuts on bolts may
require squeezing clamp halves.
6. Using a torque wrench, tighten bolts to the recommended torque of 150 ft-lbs
for the 3 inch clamp and 60 ft-lbs for the 2-12 inch and 2 inch clamps. Torque
values are based upon dry bolts". Lubricant on bolts will adversely effect clamp
performance. Bolt tightening sequence is as follows:
a. Back bolt, 1 full turn.
6-121
b. Front bolt, 1 full turn.

c. Snug by hand, nuts on opposite side of bolts just tightened.
d. Opposite side back bolt, 1 full turn.
e. Opposite side front bolt, 1 full turn.
f. Snug by hand, nuts on opposite side of bolts just tightened.
g. Repeat a" to f" until all bolts are tightened to recommended torque. Clamp
bolts are designed to bend during tightening. This bending" allows the
8. Refer to Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine proper
assembly.
6-122
Procedure


4. Position the clamp gripping fingers behind the stem collar.
5. Tighten the bolts by hand until there is equal thread engagement on all six nuts.
6. Tighten nuts on bolts in the following sequence. See Boss 6 Bolt Clamp
illustration.
a. Bolt 1" - one full turn. Before tightening each bolt in sequence, snug the nut
by hand if loose.
b. Bolt 2" - one full turn.
c. Bolt 3" - one full turn.
d. Bolt 4" - one full turn.
e. Bolt 5" - one full turn.
f. Bolt 6" - one full turn.
g. Repeat 1" to 6" until all bolts are tightened to recommended torque value
listed on BOSS CLAMPS" chart. Torque values are based upon dry bolts".
6-123
Lubricant on bolts will adversely effect clamp performance. Use a torque

wrench.
h. Remove assembly from vice.
Notes:
1. Clamp bolts are designed to bend during tightening. This bending" allows the
hoses.
3. Boss clamps (including the nuts and bolts) are for single use only. Do not reuse.
Once removed, discard.
4. Refer to the Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" for guidelines to
determine proper assembly.
6-124
TESTING
The following is for general hydrostatic testing and electrical continuity testing. Other
procedures may need to be employed. Follow the RMA (Rubber Manufacturers Association)
hydrostatic test procedures IP-11-1 through IP-11-8 or ASTM D-380 (latest revision). Consult
the hose manufacturer if questions arise. If an assembly requires both hydrostatic and
electrical continuity testing, perform the electrical continuity test first.
Hydrostatic Testing
1. Determine the assembly working pressure. The assembly working pressure is

the lesser pressure rating of either the hose or the couplings.
2. Determine the test pressure. Test pressure is 1-1/2 times the assembly working
pressure.
3. Lay the assembly in a straight line.
4. Install test caps or test plugs to both ends.
5. Connect bleed-off valve to one end and test pump intermediate hose to other
end of test sample.
6. Position test pump (or test sample) to that test pump and test sample are at a
90_ angle to each other.
7. Fill test sample with water. Elevate end with bleed-off valve to purge air from
sample. Make certain that all air is removed.
8. Bulwark ends of test sample to prevent damage from accidental coupling
separation.
9. Activate pump until test pressure is achieved.
10. Hold test pressure for 15 minutes.
11. Turn off pump and relieve pressure from test sample.
12. Remove test fixtures from test sample.
13. Drain water from test sample.
14. Complete test report for sample just tested.
! CAUTION
No one is to stand near ends of test samples while under pressure for any
reason.
6-125
Electrical Continuity Testing

No standard exists for testing electrical continuity. Generally speaking, this type of testing is
done with either a continuity meter or a multimeter.
The continuity meter simply has a light that goes on when each coupling is simultaneously
touched with a probe. A multimeter registers electricity in ohms (W).
Always contact the hose manufacturer for instructions on the proper method and criteria for
electrical continuity testing.
6-126

Change the Hydraulic Oil Filters every 500 Hours of Operation.
Hydraulic Tank.
NOTICE
! WARNING
fluid.
120ºF.
6-127
the ground.
it aside.
assembly.
Check Anti-Freeze and SCA Concentration

Test the Anti-Freeze Concentration and Supplemental Coolant Additive (SCA) Concentration
every 500 hours or twice a year. Also test the concentration levels when coolant is added to
the cooling system.
SCA Concentration
Use the engine manufactures coolant test kit to check the SCA concentration level. An engine
manufacturers manual is provided with each drill. Instructions on how to use the kit are
provided with the kit.
Anti-Freeze Concentration
! CAUTION
Over concentrate of antifreeze or use of high-silicate antifreeze can
damage the engine.
Check the anti-freeze concentration with a refractometer only. Do not use a floating ball
hydrometer. A floating ball hydrometer can give an incorrect reading. A refractometer provides
a reliable, easy to read, and accurate measurement of freezing point protection and glycol
(anti-freeze) concentration.
6-128
The anti-freeze concentration must be a mixture of 50 percent water and 50 percent ethylene
glycol or propylene glycol-based anti-freeze to protect the engine to -26ºF (-32ºC) year-
around.
Anti-freeze is essential in every climate. It broadens the operating temperature range by
lowering the coolant freezing point and by raising its boiling point. The corrosion inhibitors also
protect the cooling system components from corrosion and prolong component life.
6-129
General Information
! WARNING
repairs.
! WARNING
! WARNING
! WARNING
6-130
Change Hydraulic Oil and Filters

Change the Hydraulic Tank Oil (and filters) after any major hydraulic system repair. Change
the Hydraulic Oil and Filters and clean the Strainers every 1000 Hour Scheduled
Maintenance Interval or once a year
! WARNING
NOTICE
clean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the machine’s
proper function. Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulic
system to ensure its complete cleanliness.
6-131
Drain Hydraulic Oil
! WARNING
1. Position drill on stable, level surface and retract all hydraulic cylinders.
2. Ensure that a container with a capacity of at least 160 gallons (727.38 liters) is
available to collect used oil.
3. Ensure the Drain Valve is closed.
4. Remove the Drain Cap and connect a drain hose from the drain port to the
collection container.
5. Open the Drain Valve and allow the oil to drain.
6. Once all of the oil is drained, clean and install the Drain Cap.
7. Dispose of the used oil in accordance with local guidelines.
6-132

Change the Hydraulic Oil Filters every 1000 hours of operation when changing Hydraulic
Oil.
Hydraulic Tank.
NOTICE
! WARNING
6-133
fluid.
120ºF.
the ground.
it aside.
assembly.
6-134
Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter

Change the Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter every 1000 Hours of Operation.
The Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter is a strainer
NOTICE
! WARNING
fluid.
120ºF.
3. Locate the Drill/Tram Valve located in the left, front enclosure door.
6-135
4. Slowly remove the Filter Bypass Cap from the Drill/Tram Manifold Block.
5. Remove the Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter from the manifold and dispose of it
according to local regulations and mandates.
6. Install the new Hydraulic Pilot Oil Filter, then install the Filter Bypass Cap and
tighten.
7. Start the drill and check for leaks.
6-136
Fill Hydraulic Tank
1. Add clean hydraulic oil with the Fill Pump. Remove the Protective Cap and
connect the fill hose. Hand pump the oil into the reservoir until the level is at the
HIGH mark on the Hydraulic Oil Level Indicator located on the front of the
Hydraulic Tank. Refer to Lubricant Specifications for details on hydraulic oil.
! CAUTION
2. The oil level in the hydraulic tank depends on the extended or retracted
positions of the hydraulic cylinders. It is important to observe and note the
following information when reading the level gauge:
a.The oil level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted should be between the
FULL mark and the MINIMUM mark on the sight gauge.
b.The top of the oil level MUST be visible when the engine is running AND also
when the engine is stopped. There must be oil showing on the gauge at all
times. Add oil to bring to levels defined above.
6-137
3. Check the Hydraulic Oil Level by viewing the Hydraulic Oil Level Indicator
located on the front of the Hydraulic Tank..
4. Start the engine and check for leaks.

5. Function all cylinders, then return them to the retracted position.
6. Stop the drill and check the oil level. Add more oil if needed.
6-138
Adjust Engine Valve Clearance
NOTICE
Operation of engines with improper valve adjustments can reduce engine
efficiency. This reduced efficiency could result in excessive fuel usage
and/or shortened engine component life.
Refer to engine manufacturer’s manual for maintenance instructions concerning valve

clearance, adjusters and injectors. This operation requires a trained service engineer.
Engine Belts AND Tensioner

Under normal operating conditions, the engine drive belts should be inspected daily. Belt
damage can be caused by: Incorrect tension, Incorrect size or length, Pulley misalignment, In-
correct installation, Severe operating environment and Oil or grease on the belts.
Adjust the belt tension in order to minimize belt slippage. Belt slippage will decrease the life of
the belts. If the belts are too loose, the belts will vibrate. This vibration is enough to cause
unnecessary wear on the belts and on the pulleys. If the belts are too tight, unnecessary
stresses are placed upon the pulley bearings and upon the belts. These stresses will shorten
the life of the belts and of the pulley bearings.
6-139
Drive Belts Inspection
To maximize the engine performance, visually inspect the belts for tension, wear, breaks,
cracks or other damage. Replace belts that are cracked or frayed. Adjust belts that have a
glazed or shiny surface which indicates belt slippage. Correctly installed and tensioned belts
will show even pulley and belt wear.
1. Remove the belt guard to check the belt tension or to replace belts.
2. Measure the belt tension in the center span of the pulleys.
NOTICE
Refer to the Belt Tension Chart in the OEM Engine Operation and
width used.
3. An alternate method (deflection method) can be used to check belt tension by

applying 25 lbs (110 N) force midway between the pulleys on v-belts. If the
deflection is more than one (1) belt thickness per foot of pulley center distance,
the belt must be adjusted. As a general rule, a correctly adjusted belt will deflect
1/2” to 3/4” (13mm to 19mm).
6-140
Engine Alternator Drive Belt
1. Loosen up the alternator and the adjusting link mounting capscrews.
NOTICE
The Adjusting Link Screw’s lower jam nut has left-hand threads.
2. Loosen up the jam nuts on the adjusting screw.
6-141
3. Turn adjusting screw clockwise to tighten the belt tension.
4. Tighten jam nuts on the adjusting screw.
NOTICE
The Adjusting Link Screw’s lower jam nut has left-hand threads.
5. Tighten the adjusting link and alternator mounting capscrews to a torque value
of 40 ft/lbs. (55Nm).
6. Check the belt tension again to be sure it is correct. Belt tension must be 150
ft./lb (670Nm).
6-142
Water Pump Drive Belt
1. Loosen the locknut which secures the idler pulley to the water pump.
2. Turn the adjusting screw to adjust the belt tension.
! CAUTION
Do not adjust the belt tension to full value with the adjusting screw. Belt
tension can increase when the lock nut is tightened and, therefore,
reduce belt and bearing life.
3. Secure idler pulley in position by tightening the lock nut to 50 ft./lb (70Nm).
4. Loosen up the adjusting screw 1/2 turn to prevent breakage.
5. Measure the belt tension again. Adjust if necessary.
6-143
Drive Belts Replacement
NOTICE
When a drive uses two or more belts, replace the belts as a complete set.
1. Loosen up the adjusting mechanism and move the pulley centers as close
together as possible. The belts can then be installed without excessive force.
2. To prevent damage, do not roll a belt over the pulley or pry it on with a tool.
NOTICE
Refer to the Belt Tension Chart in your OEM Engine Operation and
width.
6-144
3. Pulley misalignment must not exceed 1/16 inch for each 12 inches (6mmfor
each meter) of distance between pulley centers.
4. Belts must not touch the bottom of the pulley grooves, not must they protrude
over 3/32 inch (3mm) above the top edge of the groove.
5. When a drive uses two or more belts, the belt riding depth must not vary over
1/16 inch (2mm) between the belts.
7. If new belts are installed, check the tension again after 30 minutes of engine
operation at the rated rpm.
Check Engine Belt Tensioner Bearing

Refer to engine manufacturer’s manual for maintenance instructions concerning Engine Belt
Tension Bearing. This operation requires a trained service engineer.
6-145
General Information
! WARNING
repairs.
! WARNING
! WARNING
! WARNING
6-146
Change Compressor Separator Filter and Clean Scavenger Orifice
! WARNING
Do not attempt to remove any plugs or open the tank before making sure
all air pressure has been relieved from the system. High Pressure can
cause severe injury or death
! WARNING
components.
1. Park the drill on a stable, level surface and shut down engine. Allow time for the
drill to cool.
2. Unbolt and open the access panel on top of the enclosure above the tank.
3. Relieve all pressure from the system by opening the service air valve. Check
the gauge to ensure the pressure has been relieved.
4. Remove the receiver cover and remove the separator element.
5. Discard the used element in accordance with local guidelines.

6. Clean the gasket surface.
6-147
7. When installing the new element, make sure that the element gasket is
equipped with a staple. The staple is the grounding contact the tank.
8. Clean the Scavenge Orifice.
9. Lift and mount the cover. Use a guide bar to assist in aligning the cover’s holes
to the housing flange. Make sure the gasket seats properly.
10. Apply “Anti-Seize“lubricant to the bolts and replace them through the cover.
Torque these bolts to 100 ft. lbs (135.5 Nm) alternately.
6-148
Change Engine Anti-Freeze

Change the Engine’s Anti-Freeze every 2000 Hours Maintenance Interval.
The coolant system of any engine should be drained and flushed out after 2000 hours, or 2
years of service. Unless the coolant has a corrosion preventive in it, rust and scale will
eventually clog up the system. Any effective, commercial flushing agent should be used at
least once or twice a year to ensure against buildup.
Clean the cooling system and flush the cooling system before the recommended maintenance
interval if the following conditions exist:
1. The engine overheats frequently.

2. Foaming is observed.
3. The oil has entered the cooling system and the coolant is contaminated.
4. The fuel has entered the cooling system and the coolant is contaminated.
NOTICE
Use of commercially available cooling system cleaners may cause
damage to cooling system components. Therefore use only cooling
system cleaners that are approved by engine manufacturer. Contact your
nearest dealer or refer to your Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual
for specifics.
NOTICE
Inspect the water pump and the water temperature regulator after the
cooling system has been drained. This is a good opportunity to replace
the water pump, the water temperature regulator and the hoses, if
necessary.
! WARNING
Pressurized System: Hot coolant can cause serious burns. To open the
cooling system filler cap, stop the engine and wait until the cooling
system components are cool. Loosen the cooling system pressure cap
slowly in order to relieve the pressure.
6-149
! WARNING
skin and eyes. Avoid all contact with steam or escaping fluid.
NOTICE
Engine coolant must be disposed of in a responsible manner. Please
consult the local environmental agency for recommended disposal
guidelines.
6-150
Drain Cooling System
1. Stop the engine and allow the engine to cool.

2. Place a container under the drain points to collect used coolant.
3. Loosen the cooling system filler cap slowly in order to relieve any pressure.
Remove the cooling system filler cap.
4. Open the Radiator Drain Petcock located at the base of the radiator. Allow the
coolant to drain.
6-151
Flush Cooling System
1. Flush the cooling system with clean water in order to remove any debris.
2. Close the Radiator Drain Petcock.
3. Fill the cooling system with a mixture of clean water and cooling system
cleaner. Use a mixture of 1 US gallon (3.8 liters) of an approved cooling system
cleaner for each 10 to 15 gallons (38-57 liters) of cooling system capacity and
fill the system with water.
NOTICE
Fill the cooling system no faster than 19 L (5 US gal) per minute to avoid
air locks.
4. Operate the engine at low idle and normal operating temperatures of at least
185°F (85°C) for 1 to 1-1/2 hours.
5. Shut the engine off and drain the cooling system.
6. Fill the cooling system with clean water to flush the cooling system.
7. Operate the engine at high idle for 5 minutes with coolant temperature above
185°F (85°C).
8. Shut off the engine and drain the cooling system.
9. Stop the engine and allow the engine to cool. Loosen the cooling system filler
cap slowly in order to relieve any pressure. Remove the cooling system filler
cap. Open the Radiator Drain Petcock located at the base of the radiator. Allow
the coolant to drain. Flush the cooling system with clean water. Close the
petcock.
NOTICE
If the water being drained is still dirty, the system must be flushed again
until the water is clean.
6-152
Fill Cooling System
1. Refill the radiator with a 50-50 mixture of the engine manufacturer’s

recommended antifreeze and good quality water. Install the correct (SCA)
Filter. Do not use any lubricant or corrosion inhibitor.
NOTICE
Fill the cooling system no faster than 19 L (5 US gallons) per minute to
avoid air locks.
2. Start and run the engine at low idle. Increase the engine speed to HIGH. Run
the engine at HIGH idle for one minute in order to purge the air from the cavities
of the engine block. Stop the engine.
3. Check engine coolant level. The coolant level should be maintained so fluid can
be seen in the sight glass. If coolant is low, add through filler cap.
6-153
4. Clean the cooling system filler cap. Check on the condition of the filler cap
gaskets. Replace the cooling system filler cap if the filler cap gaskets are
damaged. Reinstall the cooling system filler cap.
5. Start the engine. Inspect cooling system for leaks and for check for proper
operating temperature.
6-154
Check Engine Vibration Damper

The condition of the Engine Vibration Damper must be checked every 2000 Hours or 2 Years
of Operation.
Engine Vibration Dampers are designed to reduce torsional vibration, the small but sometimes
dangerous angular oscillation a shaft undergoes, as the alternately ignited cylinders deliver
torque spikes to the shaft via the pistons and connecting rods. Crankshaft torsional vibration
is inherent in all internal combustion engines and can be especially harmful in high
horsepower, high rpm applications if a damper in poor condition is utilized.
Check the Index Lines (A) in the Vibration Damper Hub (B) and the Inertia Member (C). If the
lines are more than 1/16 inch (1.59mm) out of alignment, replace the Vibration Damper.
6-155
Inspect the rubber member for deformation. If pieces of rubber are missing or if the elastic
member is more than 1/8 inch (3.18 mm) below the metal surface, replace the damper.
Look for forward movement on the damper ring on the hub.Replace the Vibration Damper if
any movement is detected.
6-156
Check Shutdown Temperature Settings

The CM760D Drill has several safety features to prevent major damage to the drill. The Engine
Coolant Shutdown, Compressor Oil High Temperature Shutdown Switch, Separator Tank
High Temperature Shutdown Switch, and the Hydraulic Oil High Temperature Shutdown
Switch can indicate serious or dangerous problems and will shut down the drill immediately.
The Engine Coolant System Shutdown is controlled by the engine Electrical Control Module.
The Compressor Oil High Temperature Shutdown Switch and the Separator Tank High
Temperature Shutdown Switch are wired in series with the Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Shutdown Switch. Energizing any of these switches breaks the wired series and allows the
Shut Down Relay to shut down the drill.
Engine Coolant Temperature Shutdown Settings

The CM760D Drill is equipped with a HIGH TEMP shut down system to protect the engine. If
the engine coolant temperature exceeds 225°F (107°C), the engine will shut down. This
temperature is monitored by the Coolant Temperature Sensor located at the front and top of
the engine.
The Engine Monitoring System (EMS) shows the temperature of the engine coolant system in
both F and C scales when queried. Normal operating temperature is from 190-215°F (88-
102°C). When the engine coolant temperature reaches 221°F (105°C), the Electronic Control
Module on the engine sends a warning signal to the Engine Monitoring System which flashes
a warning to the operator that the engine is overheating. At 223°F (106°C), the Electronic
Control Module on the engine will “Derate”, or limit the engine power until the problem can be
corrected. At 225°F (107°C), a signal from the engine Coolant Temperature Sensor is sent to
the Electronic Control Module to shut down the engine.
The Temperature Shutdown Settings are set at the factory when the drill is manufactured.
These settings cannot be checked, but the operator should be aware of these settings and
what is happening to the drill when the engine reaches these temperatures.
6-157
Compressor Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch

The Compressor Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch will shutdown the drill when the
compressor oil becomes too hot. If the compressor oil exceeds 248°F (120°C), the
Compressor Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch, which is normally closed, will open to break
the current and allow the Shudown Switch to shut down the drill.
It would be wise to replace this switch at the 2000 Hours of Operation period instead of
checking it. To check the switch, the compressor oil must be heated to an excess of 248°F
(120°C). Once the oil is heated to the proper temperature, the switch must be placed into the
oil.
! WARNING
components. When placing a switch into hot oil, wear protective gloves
and use tongs or something similar. Wear protective eyewear. Do not
breath hot oil fumes.
If checking the switch is desired, check it separately by precisely following the steps given. To
check the Compressor Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch :
1. Ensure the engine is cool before checking the Switch.

2. Place a container under the Switch port to collect any oil that spills.
3. Disconnect the wiring from the Switch.
4. Remove the Switch and plug the port to prevent oil from spilling.
5. Connect the Negative side of an Ohm Meter to one wiring connection of the
Switch and the Positive side of the Ohm Meter to the other wiring connection of
the Switch.
6. Heat a container of compressor oil to an excess of 248°F (120°C). Carefully
place the switch into the container of oil. The continuity in the switch should
interupt (break) on the Ohm Meter.
7. If the Switch is working properly, clean it and install it in its proper place.
8. If continuity does not interrupt (break), replace the Switch with a new one.
6-158
Separator Tank Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch

The SeparatorTank Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch will shutdown the drill when the
compressor oil becomes too hot. If the oil in the separator tank exceeds 248°F (120°C), the
Separator Tank Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch (Thermal Fuse) will open to break the
current and allow the Shut Down Switch to shut down the drill.
checking it. To check it, compressor oil must be heated to an excess of 248°F (120°C). Once
the oil is heated to the proper temperature, the switch must be placed into the oil.
! WARNING
components. When placing a switch into hot oil, wear protective gloves
and use tongs or something similar. Wear protective eyewear. Do not
breath hot oil fumes.
If checking the switch is desired, check it separately by precisely following the steps given. To
check the Separator Tank Temperature Shutdown Switch:

2. Place a container under the Switch port to collect any oil that spills.
4. Remove the Switch and plug the port to prevent oil from spilling.
the Switch.
6. Heat a container of compressor oil to an excess of 248°F (120°C). Carefully
place the switch into the container of oil. The continuity in the switch should
interupt (break) on the Ohm Meter.
7. If the Switch is working properly, clean it and install it in its proper place.
6-159
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch

The Hydraulic Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch will shutdown the drill if the hydraulic oil
becomes too hot. If the hydraulic oil exceeds 180°F (82.2°C), the Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Shutdown Switch (Thermal Fuse) will open to break the current and allow the Shut Down
Switch to shut down the drill.
checking it. To check them, water must be heated to its boiling point. Once the water is heated
to the boiling point, the switch must be placed into the boiling water.
! WARNING
Hot water can cause serious burns. Use tongs or some similar tool to
place switches into or lifting out of boiling water. Steam can cause
serious burns. Avoid contact with skin or eyes. Avoid all contact with
boiling water or steam.
! WARNING
components.
If checking the switch is desired, check by precisely following the steps given. To check the
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Shutdown Switch:

2. Place a container under the Switch port on the Return Manifold mounted
behind the Hydraulic Tank to collect any hydraulic oil that spills.
4. Remove the Switch from the side of the manifold and plug the port in the
manifold to prevent the hydraulic oil from spilling from the manifold.
the Switch.
6. Place the Switch into a container of rapidly boiling water. Since water boils
rapidly at a temperature higher than the Switch’s settings, placing the Switch
into the rapidly boiling water should interrupt (break) the continuity measured
on the Ohm Meter.
7. If the Switch is working properly, replace it into the manifold.
6-160

Change the Final Drive Oil at the every 2000 Hours of Operation.
! WARNING
2. Clean the area around the Check/Fill Plug and the Drain Plug.
4. Undo and remove oil filler plug, oil level check plug, and oil drain plug.
5. Drain oil completely.
6. Insert drain plug with new washer and tighten.
! WARNING
7. Fill with oil until the level has reached the oil level Check port. Insert Check and
Fill Plugs, then tighten.
6-161
6-162
GLOSSARY
G-1
Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III GLOSSARY
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
~A~
Actuator
A motor or cylinder that is being put into motion by the flow of a hydraulic pump.
Adapter-Adaptor (both spellings are accepted)
A device used to connect two different sizes or types of threads. It is used to connect
rotary head spindles to drill pipe, drill pipe to stabilizers and stabilizers to drill bits.
ANFO
Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil mixture: explosive most commonly used in blastholes.
Annulus
The space between the drill pipe and the outer diameter of the hole made by the bit.
Annunciator
An electrical signaling device on a switchboard.
API
American Petroleum Institute.
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
ASTM
American Society of Testing Materials.
Auto Lube System
An air powered pump that provides grease to various components of the drill through
hoses. It can be manual or computer controlled.
Axle (Main Shaft)
The tube connecting the tracks of a Blasthole drill to the main frame.
~B~
Bank
Vertical surface of an elevation; also called face.
Beco Thread
A coarse type of thread used on drill pipe for blastholes.
Bench
Work area on top edge of an elevation. The work area for blasthole drills.
Bit, Auger
G-2
GLOSSARY Instruction Manual: CM760D Tier III
A type of bit used to drill soft formations. It usually has a series of flutes on the outside.
Bit, Claw
A wing-type bit that has multiple flukes. Sometimes called a Drag Bit.
Bit Breaker
A device installed in the centralizer table to hold a bit stationary while the drill pipe is
being removed from the bit by reversing the rotation. Also called Bit Basket.
Bit, DHD
A solid, one piece bit, with shaped tungsten carbide inserts in the face. Used in
percussion drilling.
Bit, Roller
Also called a Tricone bit. It usually has three conical rollers fitted with steel or tungsten
carbide teeth that rip the rock loose using down pressure.
Bits
Tools that pulverize formations so that material can be removed from the hole.
Generally 3-blade, 3-cone or percussion.
Blasthole
A drilled hole used for purposes of excavation rather than exploration, geological
information or water wells. Usually limited to 200 feet.
Blasting
The act of igniting explosives in a borehole to produce broken rock.
Blowdown
Term used when releasing compressed air from the receiver tank on a compressor
when the drill is stopped.
Blowdown Valve
The valve that opens when the drill is stopped and releases all the air pressure in the
receiver tank.
Bore
To make a hole in the ground with a drill.
Borehole
The hole made by a bit.
Box End
Fitting on the female end of a drill pipe. See Pin End.
Breakout
Refers to the act of loosening threaded pipe joints; and of unscrewing one section of
pipe from another, while coming out of the hole.
G-3
Breakout Wrench
A wrench, connected to a hydraulic cylinder, used to turn the upper piece of pipe while
the lower pipe is being held by the Fork Chuck or Sliding Wrench.
Bridge
An obstruction in the hole. Usually caused by a caving formation or something falling
in the hole.
Burden
Distance from the blasthole to the nearest face. Distance measured from face to a row
of holes.
Buttons
Short, rounded teeth of sintered tungsten carbide inserts which serve as teeth in drill
bits used for drilling very hard rock.
Butterfly Valve
The inlet valve of the air compressor.
Burden
Distance between a blasthole and the nearest free or open face; the material to be
displaced.
~C~
Cable
A strong, heavy steel, wire rope. Also known as Wire Rope. Used for pull-down and
pullback in the derrick. Also used in hoisting. May be rotating or rotation resistant.
Cable Reel
A device that holds the electrical power cable on electric driven blasthole drills.
Carousel
A rotating device that holds extra drill pipe. It can be moved under the rotary head to
add and remove drill pipe from the string, or the rotary head moves over it.
Carbide, Tungsten
W2C. A very hard compound used in inserts in rock bits. It has a very high melting
point. It is very strong in one direction but very brittle in another.
Casing
Special pipe used to hold the overburden back in water wells. May be steel or plastic.
Casing, Drive Shoe
Coupling of forged steel to protect lower end of casing in overburden.
Cathead
Rotating drum used to spool hemp rope to pick up tools manually.
G-4
Catwalks
Walkways around a working area of a drill.
Cavitation
The pitting of a solid surface by the formation of low pressure bubbles formed in the
fluid. Air being allowed into the inlet of pumps.
Centralizer Bushing
A circular ring installed around the drill pipe in the drill table to keep the pipe aligned
properly with the rotary head. It usually has a replaceable insert in the center.
Chain Wrench
A special wrench, consisting of a chain section and a metal vee section, with jaws, that
grips the drill pipe and/or the DHD to tighten or loosen the connections.
Clinometer
A device for measuring the angle of the drill pipe with the ground. Also referred to as
an Inclinometer.
Collar the Hole
Opening at the top of the blasthole; the mouth where rock has been broken by blasting.
Usually the first few feet of the blasthole that are cracked and broken.
Compressor
An asymmetrical rotary screw driven device for compressing air. May be single or two
stages, depending on the discharge pressure.
Console
The panel that contains most of the drill’s controls. Also called the Operator’s Panel.
Conventional Mud
A drilling fluid containing essentially bentonite clay and water.
Conveyor
Equipment used to carry material to crushers and screens for reduction and
separation.
Cooler (HOC, COC)
Most drills have two coolers; one for the hydraulic fluid and the other for the
compressor oil. The engine radiator is sometimes referred to as an engine cooler.
Coring
The act of procuring a sample of the formation being drilled for geological information
purposes.
Coupling
A connector for drill rods, pipe or casing with identical threads, male or female, at each
end.
G-5
Cribbing
A set of wooden ties or metal plates used to add surface area to the jack pads to
prevent the pad from sinking into the ground. Also called blocking.
Crown Sheaves
The upper sheaves in a derrick that supports the cable that connects to the rotary
head.
Crosshead
The outer metal can surrounding the leveling jack cylinders. The crosshead slide is
the lower portion that connects to the bottom of the cylinders and the crosshead cap
is the flanged piece on top of the crosshead.
Crusher
Device used to reduce broken rock to a smaller fragment size.
Cut (verb)
Process of excavating material to lower the level of part of an elevation.
Cut (noun)
Part of an excavation of a specified depth an width.
Cuttings
Particles of formation obtained from the hole during drilling operations.
~D~
Decking
Process of alternating explosives with inert material in a blasthole to properly distribute
explosives or reduce vibrations. Also refers to the metal catwalks around the outside
of the drill.
Deephole
Rotary drills used to drill water wells, exploration holes and monitoring holes.
Delay Interval
Elapsed time between detonation of individual blastholes in a multiple hole blast.
Derrick
A tall framework over a drilled hole used to support drilling equipment. The part of the
drill that contains the feed system and the rotary head. See Tower and Mast.
DHD
Down Hole Drill. An air driven, piston powered device for drilling hard rock. It is also
called a Hammer.
DHD Bushings
The split bushings used to maintain alignment of the DHD while passing through the
G-6
drill table. See Split Bushings.

Differential Pressure
The difference in pressure between the inlet and outlet of a component, i.e., a cooler.
Dip
The angle between a horizontal plane and the plane of the ore vein, measured at right
angles to the Strike.
Diverter Valve
A two position, three way, valve that allows one hydraulic pump to perform two
separate functions.
Dressing a Bit
Sharpening DHD drill bits with a grinder to shape the carbides.
Drifter
An out-of-the-hole drill that rotates the drill rod and provides a percussive force, by
means of a striking bar, through the rod to the bit.
Drill
A machine for drilling rock, or unconsolidated formations. Also called a Rotary Drill.
The act of boring a hole in the ground.
Drill Collar
A heavy, thick-walled section of pipe used to add drilling weight to the bit and stabilize
the drill string.
Drill Rod
See Drill Pipe. Hollow, flush-jointed, coupled rods used on small percussion type rock
drills. Used with drifters mostly
Drill Pipe
Hollow tubing, specially welded to tool joints, used in drilling larger holes than drill rods.
Drill/Propel Valve
A switch that shifts the diverter valves to allow pump flow to go from drill functions to
propel motors.
Drill String
The string of pipe, including subs, stabilizers, collars and bit, extending from the bit to
the rotary head, that carries the air or mud down to the bit and provides rotation to the
bit.
Driller (Operator)
The employee directly in charge of a drill. Operation of the drill is their main duty.
Drill Table
The area at the bottom of the derrick that contains the centralizer bushing or master
bushing that the drill pipe travels through.
G-7
Dust Collector
A vacuum device with a hose attached to the dust hood that pulls cuttings away from
the hole and deposits them to the side of the drill.
~F~
Face
Vertical surface on an elevation. Also called bank.
Feed Cable
Cables, anchored on the top and the bottom of the derrick, that pass through the
traveling sheave block and connect to the top and bottom of the rotary head. They are
adjusted by tightening the threaded rods on each end.
Feed Chain
Heavy duty chain links connected to the rotary head through upper and lower
sprockets and the traveling sheave block. They are adjusted similar to cable.
Fill
Process of moving material into a depression to raise its level; often follows the cut
process.
Fish
An object accidentally lost in the hole.
Fishing
Operations on the drill for the purpose of retrieving the fish from the hole.
Fishing Magnet
Run in the hole on non-metallic line, to pick up any small pieces of metal.
Fishing Tools
Tools of various kinds run in the hole to assist in retrieving a fish from the hole.
Overshots fit over the pipe while Taps fit inside the pipe.
Flats
Machined areas on the side of drill pipe or other components where wrenches can be
installed to hold or break the joints. Some pipe has two flats, others have four flats.
Floor
Level area at the base of a bank or face.
Fork Chuck
The hand held or “flop-down” wrench used to hold the top of the pipe in the Drill Table
while adding or removing other pipe.
G-8
~G~
Grouting
To fill the hole or annulus with grout, i.e., cement and water.
~H~
Hammer
A different name for a Down Hole Drill.
Hammer Bushing
Split bushings installed in the drill table to allow the DHD to start the hole in a straight
line. It is removed once the DHD is below the table. Also called DHD Bushings.
Haul Distance
Distance material has to be moved, such as from a cut to a fill.
Hauling Equipment
Trucks and other conveyances for moving material. Also called Haul Trucks.
Hazard
Any condition of the drilling equipment or the environment that might tend to cause
accidents or fire.
Hoist
Windlass used to pick up drill pipe and other heavy objects. See Winch.
Hoist Plug
A lifting device installed in the box end of a tool. Opposite of Lifting Bail.
Hole
A bore made by rotating a bit into the ground.
Hole Openers
Large bit with pilot used to increase the diameter of a hole.
Hose, Drilling
Connects rotary head to top of hard piping to allow movement of rotary head. Also
called Standpipe Hose.
Hose, Suction
Attaches to mud pump inlet with other end submerged in mud pit.
Hydraulic Cylinders
Double acting cylinders that are extended and retracted to perform various functions
on a drill. They are powered by hydraulic fluid from a pump.
G-9
Hydraulic Motors
Piston or vane type motors, driven by hydraulic pumps, that rotate various devices on
a drill.
Hydraulic Pumps
Piston, vane and gear type hydraulic pumps that provide flow for the various actuators
on the drill.
Hydrostatic Head
The pressure exerted by a column of fluid, usually expressed in pounds per square
inch.
~I~
Inclinometer
An instrument for measuring the angle to the horizontal or vertical of a drill hole or vein.
I.W.R.C.
Abbreviation for Independent Wire Rope Center. This refers to type of construction of
wire rope. This wire rope center is in effect a separate wire rope in itself that provides
a core for the line and prevents it from crushing.
Interstage Pressure
The air pressure present between stages of a two-stage compressor while the
compressor is making air.
~J~
J Wrench
Specially shaped wrench to fit the backhead of a DHD. Used to hold DHD in the table
or to remove the backhead from the wear sleeve.
~K~
Kelly Bar
A fluted or square drill pipe that is turned by a rotary table using a set of pins.
~L~
Leveling Jacks
Hydraulic cylinders mounted in a crosshead that raise and lower the drill.
Also referred to as Outriggers or Stabilizers.
Lifting Bail
A threaded cap for picking up pipe, bits, DHDs and stabilizers. It screws on the pin end.
Some bails have a swivel hook while others have solid tops. See Hoist Plug.
G-10
Loaders
Large, front end bucket equipment used to pick up material for loading in various types
of hauling equipment.
~M~
Main Frame
The welded component of a track mounted drill. The truck frame on a wheeled drill.
Makeup
The act of tightening threaded joints. Making a connection.
Making Hole
The act of drilling.
Making Up a Joint
The act of screwing a joint of pipe into another joint or section of pipe.
Manifold
A pipe or chamber that has several openings for hose connections.
Mast
A vertical pole. See Derrick.
Micron -:- Mu
A unit of length equal to one millionth part of a meter, or one thousandth part of a
millimeter. About 4/100,000th inch.
Mid-Inlet Swivel
Device for removing cuttings from the hole while drilling with Reverse Circulation
Equipment.
Mine Plan
Plan for making cuts and creating elevations, benches for efficient removal of material.
The mine plan considers a variety of factors, including: the type and location of
material, the size and number of shovels, loaders, and hauling equipment, haul
distances, blasthole patterns, etc.
Mist Drilling
A method of rotary drilling where water is dispersed in the air as the drilling fluid.
Mud
A water or oil -base drilling fluid whose properties have been altered by solids. Mud is
a term commonly given to drilling fluids. It is used in place of air when drilling
unconsolidated formations.
Mud Drilling
Using a bentonite clay and water as the drilling fluid.
G-11
Mud Pit
A hole dug in the ground or a steel pit to hold the drilling mud as it is being circulated
in the hole.
Mud Pump
Pumps that are used to circulate the drilling mud.
~O~
Oscillation Yoke
The beam connecting each track of a blasthole track drill with the main frame that
allows the tracks to move independently up and down.
Open Hole
Any uncased portion of a hole.
Operator
The person who performs the drilling operation with the drill. See Driller.
Overburden
Any unconsolidated material lying on top of the bedrock or the coal seam.
~P~
Parasitic Load
The load imposed on the engine by the direct connection of the compressor and main
pump drive during starting.
Pattern
Layout and distances between blastholes, specifically including burden and spacing.
Penetration Rate
Speed at which a bit advances while drilling, measured in feet per hour.
Percussion Drill
Drill that chips and penetrates rock with repeated blows.
Pin End
Fitting on male end of drill pipe. See Box End.
Pioneer Work
Drilling in rough, broken or inclined areas. Removing the original layers of dirt and
rock.
Pipe Dope
Special lubricant used to protect the threads on pipe joints. See Thread Lube.
G-12
Pipe Support
A device that holds the lower section of pipe in place while connecting to the next joint
with the rotary head when angle drilling. Also called Rod Support.
Pit
An excavation in the ground for the removal of mineral deposits.
PLC
Programmable Logic Controller. A device that monitors many aspects of a drill’s
operation.
Potable Water
Water that is safe to drink.
Powder Factor/Specific Charge
Relationship between the weight of explosives in a blasthole and the volume of
materials to be displaced. It is measured in pounds per cubic yard or kilograms per
cubic meter.
Power Pack Base
The welded channel frame that contains the prime mover, the compressor and the
hydraulic pumps and gearbox.
Power Pack
he complete sub-assembly of base, engine, compressor, and hydraulic drive.
Presplitting
Process of drilling a line of small diameter holes spaced relatively close together,
generally before drilling a production blast and loaded with light explosive charges to
create a clean, unbroken rock face.
Production Rate
Penetration during a given reporting period. This rate includes all lost time, including
maintenance, breakdowns, long moves, inclement weather, etc.
Propel
To cause to move forward or onward. To drive or tram.
Protectors, Thread
Steel or plastic covers to cover the box and pin ends of drill pipe when they are not
being used.
Pump, Water Injection
Pump used to pump water into the drill air stream to keep the dust settled and to assist
in flushing the hole.
Pullback
The force available to remove the drill string from the hole.
G-13
Pull-down
Force exerted on the drill bit by the thrust of the drill rig and from the weight of the drill
string.
~R~
Raise
A mine opening, like a shaft, driven upward from the back of a level to a level above,
or to the surface.
Rate Of Penetration
The rate in which the drill proceeds in the deepening of the hole. It is usually expressed
in feet per hour.
Reamer
Bit-like tool, generally run directly above the bit to enlarge and maintain a straight hole.
Reservoir
The tank used for storing the hydraulic oil used in the hydraulic system.
Reverse Circulation Drilling
Using a double wall pipe to force air/water down the hole and removing the cuttings
between the two pipes. See Mid-Inlet Swivel.
Rod Changer
See Carousel. A device that holds extra drill rod (pipe).
Rotary Drilling
The method of drilling that depends on the rotation of a column of pipe to the bottom
of which is attached a bit. Air or fluid is circulated to remove the cuttings.
Rotary Head
A movable gearbox used to provide rotation to the drill string. It is connected to the
feed chains or cables on each end and to the drill string through the spindle.
~S~
Safety Hook
Attached to end of hoist line to secure hoist plug or lifting bail. Has a safety latch to
prevent load from slipping off hook.
Scales
Equipment used to determine the weight and value of material being transported from
a quarry.
Screens
Devices used to separate broken material into groups of similar size.
G-14
Shock Sub
A device used to isolate the shock of drilling from the rotary head. It is made of hard
rubber layers mounted inside of steel outer rings.
Shooting
Exploding high explosives in a hole to shatter the rock. See Blasting.
Single Pass Drill
Drill rig with a long tower that permits drilling a blasthole without stopping to add drill
pipe (rod). Uses a Kelly in place of regular pipe. Uses a rotary table to turn the Kelly
instead of a rotary head.
Stemming
Material of a specified depth added on top of a powder column to confine the blasthole
and make the explosion more efficient.
Strip Mine
A large section of land used to remove coal deposits.
Shot
A charge of high explosives deposited in a series of holes to shatter the rock
Shutdown
A term that can mean the end of the shift or workday or an unplanned stopping of the
drill due to a system failure.
Sliding Fork
A wrench that slides around the flats of the drill pipe to hold lower section. Controlled
by hydraulic cylinder(s). Used in place of Fork Chuck.
Slips
Used in the rotary table to hold and break out drill pipe. Also used to hold casing in the
table.
Spacing
Distance between blastholes measured parallel with the face.
Spear
Tools of various design that are screwed or wedged inside of bits, pipe, etc., that are
lodged in the hole. See Fishing Tools.
Spindle
The short section of pipe that rotates within the rotary head and protrudes out each
end.
Speed Switch
An electronic device that changes states when the engine reaches a certain speed.
Used to control dual oil pressure switches.
G-15
Split Bushings
The removable bushings that allow the DHD or Stabilizer to pass through the drill table
while drilling a straight hole. See DHD Bushings.
Stabilizer, Drill Pipe
Heavy -walled pipe having special spiral or fluted ribs extending around the diameter,
within 1/8 “to 1/4” of hole size. Most stabilizers are fitted just above the bit, while in-line
stabilizers keep the hole straight.
Standpipe
Part of the circulating system. The hard and flexible piping from the main valve to the
flexible hosing leading to the rotary head. Water injection, DHD oil and foam are
injected into this line.
Static Water Level
The distance from the top of ground down to the standing water level.
Strike
The bearing of the outcrop of an inclined bed or structure on a level surface. See Dip.
Stuck In The Hole
Refers to drill pipe inadvertently becoming fastened in the hole.
Subdrilling
Bottom portion of a blasthole drilled below the floor level to permit upward
displacement of material and thereby prevent a toe at the bottom of a face.
Substitute (Sub)
A coupling with different type or diameter of threads at either end. The term pin
denotes a male thread, and box, a female thread. To connect two components with
different threads. See Adapter.
Supercharge Pressure
Inlet oil pressure to the main pump(s) that has been pressurized to prevent cavitation.
Swivel
A coupling on top of the rotary head to allow the spindle to rotate while the main hose
remains stationary.
~T~
Table Drive
Drill design that locates the drill pipe rotation mechanism on the drill deck in a
stationary position instead of using the rotary head.
Threaded and Coupled Casing (TANDC)
Steel casing using a coupling between each section of pipe. Thread style is right hand,
fine thread.
G-16
Thread Lube
A special compound used to lubricate the threads of drill pipe. See Pipe Dope.
Tongs
A type of wrench used to make up and break out drill pipe using external forces, such
as hydraulic cylinders or cables.
Tool Joint
A drill pipe coupler consisting of a pin and box of various designs and sizes. Deephole
drills normally use API style threads, while Blasthole drills use Beco style threads.
Top Head Drill
Drill design that locates the drill pipe rotation head in the drill tower and it moves up
and down with the drill string. See Rotary Head.
Torque
A turning or twisting force. A moment caused by force acting on an arm. A one pound
force acting on a one foot arm would produce one lb.-ft. of torque.
Tower
A tall, slender structure used for observation, signaling or pumping. See Derrick and
Mast. Term used to indicate the derrick on a blasthole drill.
Turning To The Right
Slang term for making hole.
Tram
A cable car or a four-wheeled open box in a coal mine. See Propel.
Trammed
To move in a tram.
Tramming
Process of moving a drill with the tower up from a completed blasthole to the location
of the next. See propelling
Traveling Sheave Block
A series of sheaves, connected to the feed chains or cables, that are moved up and
down the derrick by the feed cylinders.
Twist Off
To twist a joint of pipe in two by excessive torque applied by the rotary head or rotary
table.
~U~
UL88
The unloader valve that controls pressure and volume on a high-pressure compressor
G-17
system.
Undercarriage
The means of moving a track type vehicle. It contains the track frame, rollers,
grousers, rock guards, drive sprocket, propel motors and planetary drive.
Uphole Velocity
The speed (in feet per minute) that the cuttings travel out of the hole.
This is dependent on the bit size, the compressor size and the pipe size.
~W~
Washpipe
Hard surfaced steel tubes inserted in swivels to allow rotation of drill string and prolong
life of packing. They are replaceable in most swivels.
Water Table
The underground level at which water is found. See Static Level.
Water Well
A hole drilled for the purpose of obtaining potable water.
Weight On Bit
In rotary drilling, a specified weight is required on the bit for maximum performance. A
gauge on the console is calibrated to correspond to the drill string weight.
Whipstock
A device inserted in the well used for deflecting or directional drilling.
Wiggins Quick Fill
A Centralized Service Station that connects to various systems on the drill to allow
remote filling of engine oil, compressor oil and hydraulic oil.
Winch
A stationary hoisting machine having a drum around which is wound a rope.
Wiper, Pipe
An annular rubber disk for wiping drill pipe clean of cuttings when it is being withdrawn
from the hole.
Wire Rope
Rope made of twisted strands of steel wire. Also called Cable.
G-18
Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions, LLC
A Company Within the Atlas Copco Group
P.O. Box 462288, 2100 North First Street
www.atlascopco.com/drillingsolutions

Atlas Copco CM760d Tier III Instruction Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Atlas Copco CM760d Tier III Instruction Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OPERATING, SAFETY

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CM760D TIER III

Read this instruction manual before operating this equipment.

This manual contains important safety information.

Section 1.1 Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

SECTION 2 - SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.1 - ATLAS COPCO CM760D TIER III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

4.1 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.1 -DRILL OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

GLOSSARY OF TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Section 1.1 Summary

NOTE: The present manual is accompanied with an engine instruction

HOW THIS MANUAL IS DIVIDED

• What are the specific operator safety responsibilities? (Section 2.0)

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION

PROCEDURE WHEN RECEIVING THE CM760D

CM760D Drill Identification

Engine Serial Number Plate

Rotary Head Serial Number

• HR2 Rotary Screw air compressor

Drill Boom and Guide

STANDARD FEATURES ON THE CM 760D

2.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES

NOTE: Note is used for supplementary information not directly effecting

•Have a clear understanding of the work to be done

GENERAL RULES FOR ALL ATLAS COPCO DRILLS

STARTING THE DRILL

MOVING THE DRILL

STOPPING AND SHUTDOWN

1. Ensure that the maintenance area is adequately secured.

WIRE ROPE AND CABLE

•Saddle and nuts must be around lifting side of cable.

•Make sure cable spools properly on hoist drum.

Cylinder Repairs or Replacement

1. When repairing cylinders, be sure to block them up to prevent dropping or

Pumps and Motors

1. When working on valves, keep area clean to prevent contamination from

1. Do not replace a hose with one of lesser strength or capacity. Breakage or

COOLERS AND FANS

WARNING OF SPECIAL DANGERS

• Do not leave the drill. Do not step off the platform.

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION

2.2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

BE AWARE OF SAFETY INFORMATION

Follow recommended precautions and safe operating practices.

UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS

KEEP MACHINE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

Wear close fitting clothing and confine long hair.

HANDLE FUEL SAFELY - AVOID FIRES

KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE

AVOID MOVING PARTS

CHECK LAWS AND REGULATIONS

PLACE WARNING BARRIERS AROUND WORK SITE

CHECK FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES

DO NOT WORK ON OR NEAR UNSTABLE GROUND

AVOID ELECTROCUTION. STAY AWAY.

AVOID COOLANT BURNS